80EE_SD

March 12, 2002

Part Number 7500-0611

AccessMAX™System SoftwareRelease 8.0EE

System Description

AFC AccessMAX System Description March 12, 2002

AccessMAX™ User Documentation

Copyright Copyright 2002 Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All rights reserved.

The information in this publication is confidential and proprietary to Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc.

No part of this publication may be used, disclosed, reproduced, adapted, translated, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, for any purpose, without the prior written permission of Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. Although every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this publication, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. assumes no (i) responsibility for errors or omissions contained herein or (ii) liability for any damages resulting from the use of information contained herein. Information in this publication is subject to change without notice.

Trademarks Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc., AFC, the AFC logo, UMC1000 and Universal Modular Carrier are registered trademarks of Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. AccessMAX, PremMAX, DMAX, EMAX, EMAXplus, OmniMAX, TransMAX, AccessManager, PremManager, ONX, ATLAS, and ADSLx+y are trademarks of Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. Copyright 2002. All rights reserved. Any other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

CE Mark Information about CE Mark compliance of Advanced Fibre Communications products is available for AFC customers on the AFC Extranet at http://www.afc.com/regcomp/index.asp. The information includes approved configurations of CBA, cards, and cables. Contact your AFC salesperson for Extranet access.

ESD Alert The AccessMAX system and components are sensitive to static:

ESD ALERT: Follow strict Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) precautions when handling or working on AccessMAX equipment and related components.

© 2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information. Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC

March 12, 2002 AFC AccessMAX System Description

Change History

Document description

This document contains a description of the AFC AccessMAX system.

The document includes an overview of system features and capabilities, a description of the physical features of the system components, a functional description of each component, and a summary of system specifications.

Table of changes

The following table contains a change history for this document.

Description of change Revision Date

Initial Release 1 March 12, 2002

© 2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information.Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC

AFC AccessMAX System Description March 12, 2002

© 2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information. Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC

Table of Contents

March 12, 2002 AFC AccessMAX System Description Table of Contents

AFC AccessMAX System Description

About this Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AboutMan • 1Chapter Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AboutMan • 1Manual Conventions and Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AboutMan • 2Related Documentation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AboutMan • 4Documentation Feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AboutMan • 5

Customer Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CustServ • 1Chapter Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CustServ • 1Customer Service Phone Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CustServ • 2Technical Assistance Center (TAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CustServ • 3Problem Severity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CustServ • 5Repair and Return Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CustServ • 8Failure Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CustServ • 10Failure Tracking Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CustServ • 11

System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 1Chapter Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 1

Introduction to AccessMAX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 3Section Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 3AccessMAX Family of Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 4The UMC Integrated Multiservice Access Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 5The DMAX Integrated Multiservice Access Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 8The DMAX1048 Integrated Multiservice Access Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 10

Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 11Section Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 11Summary of Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 12Services in Universal Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 16Services over V5.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 17Services over V5.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 18Transport Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 19

ATM Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 21Section Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 21ATM Uplink Aggregation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 24Native ATM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 25EdgeAccess ATM™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 27Mixed ATM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 29Voice over Packet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 34

© 2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information.Rev 1 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC SD • Contents • 1

AFC AccessMAX System Description March 12, 2002Table of Contents

Table of Contents, continued

Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 37Section Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 37Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 38Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 39Bandwidth Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 41Expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 43Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 44

Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 45Section Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 45Local Exchange Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 46Remote Subscriber Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 47Remote Subscriber Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 48

Transport Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 49Section Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 49Fiber-Optic Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 50E1 Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 51Radio Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 53Powering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 54

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 55Section Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 55Transport Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 56Signalling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 58Voice Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 60Ringing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 61Dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 62General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 63Environmental. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 64Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview • 65

System Topologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Topology • 1Chapter Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Topology • 1

System Topologies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Topology • 3Section Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Topology • 3Universal Topology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Topology • 5Star Topology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Topology • 6Drop-and-Insert Topology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Topology • 7Tree Topology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Topology • 8Survivable Transport Topology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Topology • 9Co-Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Topology • 10

© 2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information.SD • Contents • 2 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC Rev 1



Integrated Interface Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Topology • 11Section Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Topology • 11Standard Integrated Interface Configuration: V5.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Topology • 13Standard Integrated Interface Configuration: V5.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Topology • 14Enhanced Integrated Interface Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Topology • 15

Cabinets and Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp • 1Chapter Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp • 1

Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp • 3Section Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp • 3Remote Subscriber Cabinet (RSC) Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp • 4RSCI/48: 48-Line Indoor Cabinet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp • 5RSC/48: 48-Line Outdoor Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp • 7RSC/240D: 240-Line Outdoor Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp • 12RSC/360: 360-Line Outdoor Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp • 16RSCI/480: 480-Line Indoor Cabinet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp • 19RSC/672D: 672-Line Outdoor Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp • 22

Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp • 25Battery Types and Bases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp • 25CBA: Channel Bank Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp • 26DSL Multi-Service Access (DMAX) Channel Bank Assembly. . . . . . . . . . CabComp • 29DMAX1120FA: DSL Multi Service Access Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp • 33Equipment Maximization Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp • 36FAA: Fuse and Alarm Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp • 37Splice Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp • 39UPA: Universal Power Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp • 40

Plug-In Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 1Chapter Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cards • 1ADSL 2+6™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 3ADSL 4+6™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 8ADSL 6+0™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 13ADSL 6+6™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 17ADU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 22CDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 25CPU-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 28CPU-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 31DDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 35E&M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 38E1A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 42E1AX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 45E1HD-XCVR (ADTRAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 48




E1HD-XCVR (PairGain) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 52E1-XCVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 55E1X-XCVR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 58E3I-XCVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 61EBC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 64EBC-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 67ELU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 70ELU-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 73FO-XCVR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 76FOB-XCVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 79FOW-XCVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 82IATO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 85IDLP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 88IPMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 91ITO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 94LI-APOTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 97LI-BPOTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 101LI-ISDN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 105LI-POTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 108LI-VPOTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 111L-PSU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 114L-UVG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 117MTU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 123NPSU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 127P-ACI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 131P-ACR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 134P-CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 138P-FD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 141RI-APOTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 144RI-BPOTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 148RI-ISDN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 152RI-POTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 155RI-VPOTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 159R-PSU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 163R-UVG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 167SDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 171SHDSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 176SSR-XCVR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 180STM1c-XCVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 184STM1cu-XCVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards • 189




User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UI • 1Chapter Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UI • 1

Craft Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UI • 3Section Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UI • 3Craft Interface Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UI • 4Craft Interface Menu Tree for Release 8.0EE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UI • 5Craft Interface Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UI • 7System Monitoring Interfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UI • 8Traffic Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UI • 9

Utility Package Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UI • 11AccessMAX Utility Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UI • 11

AccessManager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .UI • 13

Loop Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .LoopTest • 1Chapter Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LoopTest • 1Supported Test Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .LoopTest • 3MTU Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .LoopTest • 4

Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary • 1Terms and Acronyms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary • 1

Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Index • 1





March 12, 2002 AFC AccessMAX System DescriptionRel 8.0EE About This Manual

About this Manual

Chapter Overview

In this chapter This chapter contains the following topics:

Introduction The AccessMAX System Description manual contains both high-level and detailed information about AccessMAX equipment:

• “System Overview” is a high-level introduction to the AccessMAX system, its design, capabilities, and basic elements. See this chapter for information on system bandwidth, expansion, upgrade, transport options, powering, and system-level specifications.

• “System Topologies” describes and illustrates the many configurations in which AccessMAX delivers telephony and data service. Diagrams show both universal and integrated topologies.

• “Cabinets and Components” introduces the wide range of indoor and outdoor telecom housings that AFC distributes, along with the basic building blocks of the AccessMAX system such as CBAs, battery trays, power charger/rectifiers, splice trays, cross-connect panels, and more.

• “Plug-In Cards” describes the transport, common control, power, and service plug-in cards. Descriptions include feature summaries, specifications, LEDs and other faceplate elements. The plug-in card descriptions are in alphabetical order by plug-in card faceplate name.

• “User Interface” describes the basic features of the AccessMAX Craft Interface, the menu-driven system provisioning software. This chapter also introduces the AccessMAX Utility Package, AccessManager, and other user interfaces available to monitor and provision AccessMAX equipment.

• “Loop Testing” describes subscriber loop testing methods and equipment compatible with Release 8.0EE. Diagrams show supported loop testing configurations with plug-in card requirements for each.

• A comprehensive “Glossary” and “Index” complete this manual.

Topics Page AboutMan

Manual Conventions and Symbols 2

Related Documentation 4

Documentation Feedback 5

© 2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information.Rev 1 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC SD • AboutMan • 1

AFC AccessMAX System Description March 12, 2002About This Manual Rel 8.0EE

Manual Conventions and Symbols

Special symbols

The AccessMAX user documentation uses the following special symbols:

DANGER! You are in a situation that will result in death or serious bodily injury if not avoided.

DANGER! Invisible laser radiationOptical fibers emit invisible laser radiation. Avoid direct exposure to the beam. NEVER look into the end of a fiber, fiber cord, or a fiber pigtail. Permanent eye damage or blindness can occur quickly when laser radiation is present.

CAUTION! You are in a situation that could result in minor or moderate bodily injury if not avoided.

ALERT: You are in a situation that could cause damage to equipment, software, loss of data, or loss of service.

ESD ALERT: You are in a situation that could cause equipment damage or degradation of performance due to Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) event.

© 2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information.SD • AboutMan • 2 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC Rev 1


Manual Conventions and Symbols, continued

Manual conventions

This manual uses the following convention to convey instructions and information:

Note: Notes contain helpful suggestions or references to materials not found in this manual.



Related Documentation

User documentation set

The AccessMAX user documentation set consists of the following manuals:

The user documentation manuals are also available on CD-ROM for this release.

Other documentation

Supplements for special topics are also available. These supplements vary in subject matter, including installation guides, application guides, retrofit kits, expansion kits, and parts replacement procedures. Contact AFC Applications Engineering at 707-792-3500 for more information.

Manual Title Description

AccessMAX System Description

Description of the AccessMAX system, its components, and capabilities.

AccessMAX User Interface

Command reference for user interfaces.

AccessMAX Turn Up, Test, and Maintenance

Procedures to turn up the AccessMAX system and to perform preventive maintenance and routine tests on the AccessMAX system.

AccessMAX Troubleshooting Guide

Procedures to perform corrective maintenance on the AccessMAX system.

AccessMAX Utility Program and Upgrade Guide

Procedures to upgrade and perform other maintenance procedures on the AccessMAX system.



Documentation Feedback

Give feedback on this document

To give feedback on this document, do one of the following:

• Fill out the Documentation Feedback form online on the AFC website at www.afc.com. Click ATLAS Professional Services, then Documentation.

• Fill out the Documentation Feedback form located on the User Documentation CD-ROM. Mail or fax the form to:

Mail: Technical Publications DepartmentAdvanced Fibre Communications1465 North McDowell BoulevardPetaluma, CA 94954 USA

Fax: 707-793-8429

• Call Customer Service at 707-792-3500.

Order manuals To order AccessMAX user documentation, call 800-690-AFCI or 707-792-3500.




March 12, 2002 AFC AccessMAX System DescriptionRel 8.0EE Customer Service

Customer Service

Chapter Overview


Topic Page CustServ

Customer Service Phone Number 2

Technical Assistance Center (TAC) 3

Problem Severity 5

Repair and Return Policy 8

Failure Priority 10

Failure Tracking Tag 11

© 2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information.Rev 1 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC SD • CustServ • 1

AFC AccessMAX System Description March 12, 2002Customer Service Rel 8.0EE

Customer Service Phone Number

Contact us The Customer Service phone number is:

800-690-AFCI (2324) in North America

707-792-3500 outside North America

Customer Service is open from 6:00 AM to 5:00 PM U.S. Pacific Coast Time. The Technical Assistance Center (TAC) is open 24 hours per day, 7 days per week.

Online request for non-urgent matters

For non-urgent matters, you can fill out a Customer Service Request Form on the AFC website at www.afc.com. Click on Service & Support.

AFC Customer Service

Department Extension Call to:

Technical Assistance Center (TAC)

Press 1 • Receive technical support• Report emergency failures

Inside Sales (Order Administration)

Press 2 • Order new equipment• Order options • Receive information• Order AccessMAX user manuals

Warranty Services Press 3 • Report equipment failures that occur in the field

• Receive a Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) number

Training Press 4 • Request AFC product training

Applications Engineering

Press 5 • Order options• Receive information

ATLAS Professional Services

Press 6 • Request engineering, planning, and installation services

• Request service support agreements

Spanish language Technical Support

Press 7 • Receive technical support• Report emergency failures

To repeat these options Press 8

For all other departments

Press 9

© 2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information.SD • CustServ • 2 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC Rev 1


Technical Assistance Center (TAC)

TAC hours and phone number

Advanced Fibre Communications (AFC) is dedicated to providing you with the best customer support in the industry.

AFC maintains a 24-hour, 7-day-per-week Technical Assistance Center (TAC). The TAC provides instant support to you free of charge throughout your warranty period. A team of qualified technicians staffs the TAC to support your technical assistance needs.

The Technical Assistance Center phone number is:



Press 1 for the TAC.

Online request for non-urgent matters

For non-urgent matters, you can fill out a Customer Service Request Form on the AFC website at www.afc.com. Click on Service & Support.

Reporting problems

Calls to the Technical Assistance Center receive immediate and direct attention from an AFC representative.

When a customer reports a problem, the AFC representative records the customer information and related data in an advanced interactive database. AFC uses this database to monitor potential problem systems, identify customers with repeat problems, and be proactive regarding customer faults. This statistical information helps improve AccessMAX equipment and ensures that field systems remain functional and reliable.

During the call, the AFC representative determines the severity of the problem in accordance with Telcordia (Bellcore) GR-929-CORE: Reliability and Quality Measurements for Telecommunications Systems. To ensure a quick response, AFC uses an ISO-compliant call tracking system with an embedded escalation procedure.



Technical Assistance Center (TAC), continued

Software compatibility

To fully support our customers, AFC requires that all software in a customer’s system functions with CPU software within two versions of the latest system software release. Customers using older software releases can obtain a software upgrade free of charge. Call 800-690-AFCI (2324) or 707-792-3500 and press 2 for Inside Sales, or log on to the AFC web site at www.afc.com and go to your Online Services account.



Problem Severity

Severity The escalation procedure for a problem depends on the severity of the case. The three problem severity levels are:

• Critical

• Major

• Minor

Critical problems

A critical problem is a service-affecting issue caused by fault of AccessMAX equipment. Typically 24 or more customers are affected.

If the problem is critical, AFC is committed to the following:

Time Action

During normal business hours(5:00 AM to 5:00 PM Pacific Time)

An AFC TAC representative is available for immediate assistance.

Other than normal business hours

The on-duty TAC representative contacts an AFC technician. The technician responds to your call within one hour.

If equipment replacement is deemed necessary to restore service, the TAC initiates an emergency RMA.

If a critical problem is unresolved after one hour

The AFC TAC manager is notified. The TAC center develops an action plan which may include dispatching a field service engineer to the site to resolve the issue.



Problem Severity, continued

Major problems A major problem is a service-affecting issue caused by fault of AccessMAX equipment. Typically fewer than 24 customers are affected.

If the problem is major, AFC is committed to the following:

Time Action




The on-duty TAC representative contacts an AFC technician. The technician responds to your call within one hour.

If equipment replacement is deemed necessary to restore service, the TAC initiates an emergency RMA on the next work day during normal business hours.

If a major problem is unresolved after eight hours

The AFC TAC manager is notified. The TAC center develops an action plan which may include dispatching a field service engineer to the site to resolve the issue.



Problem Severity, continued

Minor problems A minor problem is a non-service-affecting issue. Typically this is a question or feature request.

If the problem is minor, AFC is committed to the following:

Time Action




The on-duty TAC representative records the problem. An AFC technician responds within the first hour of business on the following work day.

If equipment replacement is necessary, the TAC initiates a normal RMA during normal business hours.

If a minor problem is unresolved after 24 hours

AFC responds to the customer with a planned resolution within 72 hours.



Repair and Return Policy

Product repair AFC’s repair and return policy is to quickly and efficiently repair defective Product for our customers. All defective Product processed through the Petaluma, California, facility is repaired, quality checked, verified, and upgraded where applicable to the most current revision possible.

Warranty plans vary

Equipment purchased from AFC is covered under a variety of warranty plans. Please check with your system administrator to determine which warranty plan applies to your system. If you need further information, refer to AFC’s Universal Warranty Service Policy by logging onto the web or your Online Services account, both at www.afc.com. Select About AFC, then refer to Legal Information, Universal Warranty.

RMA number The Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) number identifies a defective Product during the repair process. The AFC Warranty Service Center assigns a unique RMA number to each RMA order to facilitate tracking of the defective Product, assure RMA order integrity and Customer ownership of the Product.

To track a defective Product being repaired, and to find out how long until repair is complete, please contact the AFC Warranty Service Center as explained below.

Returning defective equipment

To report and return defective AFC Product, do the following:

Step Action

1. Contact the AFC Warranty Service Center between 6:00 AM and 5:00 PM Pacific Coast Time at:



Press 3 for Warranty Services.

(See page 9 for emergency failures after hours.)

2. Warranty Services requires a Purchase Order number in exchange for an AFC Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) number. Warranty Services also provides shipping instructions.

3. Write down the RMA number for your reference. Part 1 of 2



Emergency equipment failure

In the event a replacement Product is required due to a service-affecting emergency, contact AFC at:



Press 3 for the Warranty Services during normal business hours.

Press 1 for the TAC after hours, on weekends and holidays.

4. Complete a Failure Tracking Tag (see page 11) for each defective item.

5. Pack the completed Failure Tracking Tag with the defective item and return the Product to AFC in its original shipping container or functionally equivalent packaging subject to AFC’s packing standards.

6. Mark the Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) number on the outside of the shipping container. Reference the RMA number on the Purchase Order and shipping documents.

7. Ship the container to the following address. Charges for shipping to AFC are the customer’s responsibility:

Advanced Fibre CommunicationsWarranty Service Department2200 S. McDowell BoulevardPetaluma, California 94954 USARMA # ______________

Continued

Step Action

Part 2 of 2



Failure Priority

Failure priority At a customer’s request, a failure priority can be assigned to a defective item. The three failure priority levels are:

• Emergency

• Customer-Requested Priority

• Normal failure

Emergency If a defective Product is service-affecting and no spares are available, the defect is deemed an emergency. AFC will ship a reconditioned replacement Product of the same revision or better via a priority one transportation service. The replacement Product will arrive on-site within 24 hours of shipment from AFC’s facility. If no reconditioned Product is available, AFC will ship a new or equivalent Product. AFC charges a flat fee for this service, regardless of the warranty status. (Contact the Warranty Service Order Administrator for a schedule of fees.)

Customer- Requested Priority

AFC offers an expedited turn-around for defective Product that is not an emergency. This service is classified as a Customer-Requested Priority and guarantees the return of a repaired Product within three business days of receipt of the Product. (Contact the Warranty Service Order Administrator for a schedule of fees.)

Normal failure For defective Product that is classified as a normal failure, AFC will repair the Product and ship it back to the customer within 15 business days of receipt. Shipping arrangements will be made via UPS ground or a similar transportation means. Customers will be billed for this service only if the Products are not under warranty. (Contact the Warranty Service Order Administrator for a schedule of fees.)



Failure Tracking Tag

Failure Tracking Tag

Copy this tag if Failure Tracking Tags are not available at your site:

Enclose the tag Enclose a completed version of the Failure Tracking Tag with each defective Product you are returning.

TO B

E C

OM

PLE

TE

D B

Y O

RIG

INAT

OR

CU

STO

ME

R N

AM

ES

ITE

/ E

XC

HA

NG

E N

O.

DAT

E R

EP

OR

TE

DC

ON

TAC

TT

EL

NO

.

PU

RC

HA

SE

OR

DE

R N

UM

.

TR

OU

BLE

IND

ICAT

ION

(A

LAR

MS

, CLI

MAT

E)

SH

IP D

UE

DAT

E

PAR

T N

UM

BE

R

RE

TU

RN

CO

DE

(FO

R W

AR

RA

NT

Y U

SE

ON

LY)

PR

IOR

ITY

CO

DE

A/R

WA

RR

AN

TY

CR

PN

0E

A3

NO

YE

S

PAR

T D

ES

CR

IPT

ION

RM

A N

UM

BE

RS

ER

IAL

NU

MB

ER

TO B

E C

OM

PLE

TE

D B

Y R

EPA

IR F

AC

ILIT

Y

SID

E 2

CR

OS

S R

EF

ER

EN

CE

HW

INFA

IL C

OD

ES

W IN

HW

OU

TS

ER

IAL

NU

MB

ER

OU

TS

W O

UT

RE

PAIR

DAT

EPA

RT

NU

MB

ER

OU

T

RE

PLA

CE

DU

PG

D/E

CO

DO

WN

LOA

DPA

SS

ED

F/T

PAS

SE

D S

YS

QC

LOC

ATIO

N

TOF

RM

FAIL

UR

E F

OU

ND

FO

RM

WS

-F-0

002

RE

V 0

2

RE

FE

RE

NC

E D

ES

IGN

ATO

RS

FO

UN

D D

EF

EC

TIV

E




March 12, 2002 AFC AccessMAX System DescriptionRel 8.0EE System Overview

System Overview

Chapter Overview


Introduction AFC’s AccessMAX is much more than a traditional next generation digital loop carrier; it is a modern and flexible Integrated Multiservice Access Platform (IMAP). AccessMAX economically serves from as few as six to more than two thousand subscribers. Designed with a modular, building-block approach, AccessMAX supports a variety of transmission media to provide service in a wide range of network topologies. AccessMAX uses state-of-the-art technologies to provide both traditional and forward-looking subscriber services.

AccessMAX’s advanced, high-density architecture makes it the ideal IMAP for current and future applications. AccessMAX is perfect for new growth deployments or for upgrades and expansion to existing service in urban, suburban, and rural environments.

Topic Page Overview

Introduction to AccessMAX 3

Applications 11

ATM Solutions 21

Design 37

Elements 45

Transport Media 49

Specifications 55

© 2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information.Rev 1 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC SD • Overview • 1

AFC AccessMAX System Description March 12, 2002System Overview Rel 8.0EE

© 2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information.SD • Overview • 2 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC Rev 1


Introduction to AccessMAX

Section Overview

In this section This section contains the following topics:

Topic Page Overview

AccessMAX Family of Products 4

The UMC Integrated Multiservice Access Platform 5

The DMAX Integrated Multiservice Access Platform 8



AccessMAX Family of Products

Introduction AccessMAX is AFC’s family of Integrated Multiservice Access Platforms (IMAPs), providing local loop voice, data, and broadband DSL solutions. Each AccessMAX product uniquely solves pressing service delivery needs.

The Universal Modular Carrier (UMC) is AFC’s narrowband, wideband, and broadband delivery platform. The UMC also delivers medium-density DSL broadband services where high density is not required. AFC equips a variety of remote telecom cabinets with the UMC channel bank assembly.

The DMAX is AFC’s high-density broadband delivery platform. The DMAX also provides legacy narrowband and wideband services. It delivers high-density DSL while utilizing existing backhaul facilities, including fiber and E1 or HDSL copper plant. The unique DMAX backplane design combines with line card powering and heat dissipation technologies to form AFC’s PowerMAX solution, delivering high-density broadband services. AFC equips a number of remote telecom cabinets with the DMAX Channel Bank Assembly.

EMAX is AFC’s equipment maximization system. It allows efficient retrofits of existing third-party remote telecom cabinets to provide the wideband and high-density broadband services demanded by remote customers. EMAX retrofits legacy third-party cabinets with the UMC1000 Channel Bank Assembly. EMAXplus retrofits cabinets with the DMAX1120 Channel Bank Assembly.

AccessMAX common control and service plug-in cards are interchangeable between any platform in the AccessMAX family, which reduces costs and simplifies maintenance logistics.

The following pages describe these AccessMAX family products in more detail.



The UMC Integrated Multiservice Access Platform

Introduction The Universal Modular Carrier (UMC) family is AFC’s original IMAP, and consists of the UMC1000 and the UMC1048 Channel Bank Assemblies (CBAs). The UMC1000 is a 19-inch, rack-mount CBA with 26 slots for AccessMAX plug-in cards. The UMC1048 is a 12-inch, rack-mount CBA with 14 slots.

AFC factory-installs the UMC1000 in AFC’s complete line of remote telecom cabinets. The following Remote Subscriber Cabinets (RSCs) have one or more UMC1000 CBAs:

• RSC/360 (360-line outdoor cabinet)


• RSCI/480 (480-line indoor cabinet)

AFC factory-installs the UMC1048 in these Remote Subscriber Cabinets:


• RSCI/48 (48-line indoor cabinet)

For more detailed information on UMC CBAs, see the Cabinets and Components chapter of this manual.



The UMC Integrated Multiservice Access Platform, continued

UMC1000 The UMC1000 is a 120-line modular Channel Bank Assembly (CBA). Below is a photograph of the UMC1000:

In an AccessMAX system, the UMC1000 is a universal CBA, and can operate in the Local Exchange Terminal (LET), central office, or the Remote Subscriber Terminal (RST). Any UMC1000 can function as the primary or expansion CBA in a terminal.

The UMC1000 has 26 slots for AccessMAX plug-in cards. Slots 25 and 26 are for PSU plug-in cards; slots 23 and 24 are for CPU plug-in cards (redundancy is optional). There are 22 general purpose slots that can house any transport, test, service, or expansion plug-in card.

For more detail, see the Cabinets and Components chapter of this manual.



The UMC Integrated Multiservice Access Platform, continued

UMC1048 The UMC1048 is a 48-line modular Channel Bank Assembly. Below is a photograph of the UMC1048:

The UMC1048 CBA is interoperable with other AccessMAX products. AFC factory-installs the UMC1048 in Remote Subscriber Cabinets. It can also be installed in an indoor rack using special adapters.

The UMC1048 has 14 slots. Slots 13 and 14 are for power supply units; slots 11 and 12 are for central processing units (redundancy is optional). There are ten general purpose slots for transport, test, service, or expansion plug-in cards.

For more details, see the Cabinets and Components chapter of this manual.



The DMAX Integrated Multiservice Access Platform

Introduction The DMAX is AFC’s high-density broadband delivery platform and consists of the DMAX1048 and DMAX1120 Channel Bank Assemblies (CBAs). RSC/672D (672-line cabinet)

The DMAX CBA is universal. Any CBA can operate in the LET, or the central office, or in the RST. Any CBA can function as the primary or expansion CBA in a terminal.

AFC factory-installs the DMAX in AFC’s line of remote telecom cabinets. The following Remote Subscriber Cabinets (RSCs) have two or more DMAX CBAs:

• RSC/240D (240-line cabinet)

• RSC/672D (672-line cabinet)

For more information on DMAX CBAs, see the Cabinet and Component chapter of this manual.



The DMAX Integrated Multiservice Access Platform, continued

DMAX1120 The DMAX1120 is a 120-line modular Channel Bank Assembly (CBA) designed to deliver high-density broadband service. The following photograph shows the DMAX1120:

The DMAX1120 CBA has enhanced power capacity and thermal dissipation capabilities. It includes expanded vents to better accommodate forced air ventilation. A cover is also available for EMI-sensitive applications.

The DMAX1120 CBA provides any take rate of DSL service from any remote terminal, along with ATM concentration over any existing transport. It is backward compatible with all traditional narrowband and wideband services.

The DMAX1120 has 26 slots for AccessMAX plug-in cards. Slots 25 and 26 are for PSU plug-in cards; slots 23 and 24 are for CPU plug-in cards (redundancy is optional). The remaining 22 general purpose slots can house any transport, test, service, or expansion card.

For more details on the DMAX1120, see the Cabinets and Components chapter of this manual.



The DMAX1048 Integrated Multiservice Access Platform

DMAX1048 features

The DMAX1048 CBA has the following features:

• 10 general purpose, 2 CPU, and 2 PSU slots

• Alarm contact (EXT1-EXT2) closure wire-wrap posts

• Node strap using wire-wrap posts

• Integrated fiber management surface

• Bank Selector switches

• Craft Interface port

• Order wire port

• Screw terminal strip for dual -48 Vdc powering

DMAX1048 card cage

The DMAX1048 card cage is a pre-formed metal shelf, 18.16 cm high by 30.86 cm wide by 28.57 cm deep, with 14 equipment slot guides. The card cage mounts flush with the equipment rack or can be mounted with projection brackets. The rear cover attaches to the card cage to prevent accidental electrical shorts and mechanical damage to the backplane.



Applications

Section Overview


Topic Page Overview

Summary of Applications 12

Services in Universal Interface 16

Services over V5.1 17

Services over V5.2 18

Transport Options 19



Summary of Applications

Summary table AccessMAX systems support a wide array of service applications. The following table shows a summary of applications and required plug-in cards.

Application DescriptionLET Plug-In

Card(s)RST Plug-In

Card(s)Circuits per

Plug-In Card

ADSL Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line: ADSL + POTS

STM1c-XCVRSTM1cu-XCVRLI-POTS E1-XCVR

ADSL 2+6

ADSL 4+6

ADSL 6+0

ADSL 6+6

Two ADSLSix POTS

Four ADSLSix POTS

Six ADSL

Six ADSLSix POTS

Centrex Virtual PBX service offered to businesses by the local phone company

LI-POTS or E1 RI-POTS Six analog

DID Direct Inward Dial service R-UVG L-UVG Six analog data

DOD Direct Outward Dial service L-UVG R-UVG Six analog data

E&M 2-wire or 4-wire E&M service usually used in Central Office

E&M* E&M One 4-wireorthree 2-wire

Firebar ringing

Continuous ring when specified signal is received

L-UVG* R-UVG Six 2-wire

FXO/FXS Foreign exchange service applications

L-UVG R-UVG Six 2-wire

Part 1 of 3



ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network. BRA (basic rate) applications; two 64-kbps (voice or data) B-channels and one 16-kbps (data)D-channels

LI-ISDN RI-ISDN Six 2B+D digital

PRA (Primary Rate Access) E1-XCVRE1X-XCVR

E1-XCVRE1X-XCVR

30 2B+D

Leased line Analog, non-switched, 2- or 4-wire service

IATO* IATO Six 2-wireorthree 4-wire

Off premise extension

Analog 2-wire R-UVG* L-UVG Six analog

Off premise PBX


On-hook transmission

Continuous power and transmission while on-hook

R-UVG L-UVG Six 2-wire

Public phone Analog 2-wire pre-pay (CF), post-pay (DTF), and 12or16 kHz switch service applications

LI-APOTS R1-APOTS Six public phone

PBX Local PBX trunk service applications

L-UVG R-UVG Six analog

PLAR Private Line Automatic Ringdown “hotline” service

R-UVG* R-UVG Six 2-wire

POTS Analog 2-wire Plain Old Telephone Service

LI-POTSLI-APOTSL-UVG

RI-POTSRI-APOTSR-UVG

Six POTS

SHDSL Symmetric High Bit Rate STM1c-XCVR SHDSL Six G.SHDSL data

Switched private line

Analog 2-wire switched data or voice applications


* Plug-in card resides in the terminal that delivers the service.

Continued


Card(s)RST Plug-In

Card(s)Circuits per

Plug-In Card

Part 2 of 3



ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network. BRA (basic rate) applications; two 64-kbps (voice or data) B-channels and one 16-kbps (data)D-channels

LI-ISDN RI-ISDN Six 2B+D digital

PRA (Primary Rate Access) E1-XCVRE1X-XCVR

E1-XCVRE1X-XCVR

30 2B+D

Leased line Analog, non-switched, 2- or 4-wire service

IATO* IATO Six 2-wireorthree 4-wire

Off premise extension


Off premise PBX



Continuous power and transmission while on-hook

R-UVG L-UVG Six 2-wire

Public phone Analog 2-wire pre-pay (CF), post-pay (DTF), and 12or16 kHz switch service applications

LI-APOTS R1-APOTS Six public phone

PBX Local PBX trunk service applications


PLAR Private Line Automatic Ringdown “hotline” service

R-UVG* R-UVG Six 2-wire

POTS Analog 2-wire Plain Old Telephone Service

LI-POTSLI-APOTSL-UVG


Six POTS

SHDSL Symmetric High Bit Rate STM1c-XCVR SHDSL Six G.SHDSL data

Switched private line

Analog 2-wire switched data or voice applications



Continued


Card(s)RST Plug-In

Card(s)Circuits per

Plug-In Card

Part 2 of 3



For more information on provisioning these services, see the AccessMAX User Interface manual.

For more information on these plug-in cards, see the Plug-In Cards section of this manual.

E1 (intact) Line-powered intact (non-channelized) at 2.048 Mbps

E1AE1HD-XCVR(PairGain)E1HD-XCVR(ADTRAN)

E1AE1HD-XCVR(PairGain)E1HD-XCVR(ADTRAN)

One circuit

E1 (intact) Non line-powered intact (non-channelized) at 2.048 Mbps

E1AX E1AX One circuit

E1 and fractional E1

Line-powered channelized at 32 (64-kbps). Groom individual channels to a channelized E1

E1-XCVRE1HD-XCVR(PairGain)

E1-XCVRE1HD-XCVR(PairGain)

Up to 3064-kbps channels


Line-powered channelized at 32 (64-kbps)

E1HD-XCVR(ADTRAN)

E1HD-XCVR(ADTRAN)

Up to 3264-kbps channels


Non line-powered channelized

E1X-XCVR E1X-XCVR Up to 3064-kbps channels

VoATM Voice over Asynchronous Transfer Mode

STM1c-XCVR, STM1cu-XCVR

SHDSL Six G.SHDSL


Continued


Card(s)RST Plug-In

Card(s)Circuits per

Plug-In Card

Part 3 of 3



Services in Universal Interface

Summary table The table below lists applications and services that AccessMAX supports in a universal configuration, with the plug-in cards required at the LET and RST.

For more information on provisioning these services, see the AccessMAX User Interface manual.

For more information on these plug-in cards, see the Plug-In Cards section of this manual.

Service over Universal Interface LET Plug-In Card RST Plug-In Card

POTS circuits via ADSL card LI-POTS ADSL 2+6ADSL 4+6ADSL 6+6

DID R-UVG L-UVG

DOD L-UVG R-UVG

E&M E&M E&M

Firebar ringing L-UVG R-UVG

FXO/FXS L-UVG R-UVG

ISDN LI-ISDN RI-ISDN

Leased line IATO* IATO

Off premise extension R-UVG* L-UVG

Off premise PBX R-UVG* L-UVG

Continuous on-hook transmission L-UVG R-UVG

Public phone 12kHz or 16kHz LI-APOTS RI-APOTS

Public phone CF LI-APOTS RI-APOTS

PBX L-UVG R-UVG

PLAR R-UVG* R-UVG

POTS LI-POTSLI-APOTSL-UVG


Switched private line L-UVG R-UVG




Services over V5.1

Summary table The following table lists services that AccessMAX systems support in a V5.1 interface and the plug-in cards required at the RST. When using an integrated interface with the local exchange, you do not need service plug-in cards at the LET.

For plug-in cards requirements and information on provisioning AccessMAX systems for a V5.1 interface with the local exchange, see the AccessMAX User Interface manual and the V5 Application Guide.

For more information on these plug-in cards, refer to the Plug-In Cards section of this manual.

Service over V5.1 Interface RST Plug-In Card

ADSL (POTS) ADSL 2+6ADSL 4+6ADSL 6+6

DID L-UVG

DOD R-UVG

Firebar ringing R-UVG

Public phone 16kHz or 12 kHz RI-APOTS

PBX Analog Trunk R-UVG

POTS RI-POTSRI-APOTSRI-VPOTS



Services over V5.2

Summary table The following table lists services that AccessMAX systems support over a V5.2 interface and the plug-in cards required at the RST. When using an integrated interface with the local exchange, you do not need service plug-in cards at the LET.

For plug-in cards requirements and information on provisioning the AccessMAX system for a V5.2 interface with the local exchange, see the AccessMAX User Interface manual and the V5 Application Guide.

For more information on these plug-in cards, refer to the Plug-In Cards section of this manual.

Service over V5.2 Interface RST Plug-In Card

ADSL (POTS) ADSL 2+6ADSL 4+6ADSL 6+6

DID L-UVG

DOD R-UVG

Firebar ringing R-UVG

ISDN RI-ISDN

Public phone 16kHz or 12 kHz RI-APOTS

PBX R-UVG

POTS RI-POTS



Transport Options

Summary table The table below lists transport options that the AccessMAX system supports, with the plug-in cards required.

Transport Option LET Plug-In Card RST Plug-In Card

Fiber FO-XCVRFOW-XCVRFOB-XCVRSTM1c-XCVR

FO-XCVRFOW-XCVRFOB-XCVRSTM1c-XCVR

Line-powered E1 E1-XCVRE1HD-XCVR (ADTRAN)E1HD-XCVR(PairGain)

E1-XCVRE1HD-XCVR (ADTRAN)E1HD-XCVR (PairGain)

Non-line powered E1 E1X-XCVR E1X-XCVR

STM1c STM1x-XCVR STM1c-XCVR

Wireless: Spread Spectrum Radio SSR-XCVR SSR-XCVR





ATM Solutions

Section Overview


Introduction With Release 8.0EE, AFC offers transport, and network interface solutions to support ATM transport and Voice over Packet services, carrying both TDM and ATM traffic types:

• Native ATM

• EdgeAccess ATM™

• Mixed ATM

• Voice over ATM

Topic Page Overview

Connection Admission Control 22

ATM Uplink Aggregation 24

Native ATM 25

EdgeAccess ATM™ 27

Mixed ATM 29

Voice over Packet 34



Connection Admission Control

Description Connection Admission Control (CAC) is an industry standard method of evaluating the ability of an ATM network to support a connection. CAC admits EdgeAccess ATM and Native ATM connections that can be accommodated by the entire AccessMAX system, and blocks unsupported connections. The CAC function simplifies service order fulfillment and bandwidth management, and prevents over-provisioning of the system.

CAC functions CAC evaluates the potential impact of a new or modified Virtual Channel Connection (VCC) on existing service provided through an AccessMAX system. It checks each system element used to support the connection to ensure the path through the terminal can support the VCC without compromising any existing VCC. This includes checking for the needed physical resources at each ATM element the VCC will traverse. CAC determines whether the bandwidth resources of the system are sufficient to support connections based on user-defined CAC parameters, including the Traffic Descriptor Profile and service category assigned to each VCC.

If a VCC exceeds terminal resources at provisioning time, CAC blocks the connection and displays an alarm for the upstream endpoint of the VCC. A blocked connection remains in this state until more network capacity becomes available, or until it is deleted from the database. CAC automatically adjusts to changes in the network capacity.

The following system conditions must be met to initiate CAC:

• A physical path exists between the VCC source and destination.

• Both the source and destination plug-in cards are functional.

• The VCC is provisioned through AccessManager or the Craft User Interface.

Continued on next page



Connection Admission Control, continued

CAC functions, continued

Once these system conditions are met, the following events trigger CAC:

• An attempt to set up or modify an ATM connection in an AccessMAX system.

• A change to the traffic descriptor profile of a provisioned and/or established VCC.

Note: Changing a traffic descriptor profile to 0 does not trigger CAC.

• An AccessMAX resource recovers from a failure, requiring connection reestablishment.

• Modifying any system or uplink CAC parameters.

• Modifying a terminal ATM mode.



ATM Uplink Aggregation

Description ATM uplink aggregation is a new AccessMAX system feature that expands system usability and deployment options. This feature enables aggregation of STM1c-XCVR uplinks into one uplink to the ATM switch. With the ability to deploy the STM1c-XCVR as a service card, one AccessMAX LET provides the central aggregation point for individual AccessMAX LET systems, and interfaces to the ATM network.

Benefits The cost benefits of deploying ATM uplink aggregation in the AccessMAX system include:

• STM1c port cost savings in the ATM switch.

• Eliminating the cost of external ATM aggregation solutions.

ATM uplink aggregation is an optional feature enabled via 8.0EE software. A software fee applies. For more information, contact Applications Engineering.



Native ATM

Description AFC’s Native ATM™ solution provides broadband and end-to-end ATM-based xDSL service, connecting the subscriber’s ATM interface to a core ATM network. This solution supports higher levels of ATM data traffic through the AccessMAX system, and simultaneously carries legacy TDM services, data, and Voice over ATM. The three sections of the access network are:

• Network interface to the ATM switch or router

• Broadband STM1c transport to the remote location

• Customer interface

The Native ATM solution (also referred to as ATM end-to-end) optimizes all three sections. In the network interface sections, an STM1c-XCVR or STM1cu-XCVR plug-in card uplinks to an ATM network. The broadband transport section of the AccessMAX system provides transport via STM1c. In the customer interface section, AFC’s ADSL 2+6, 4+6, 6+0, 6+6, or SHDSL plug-in cards access the customer premise equipment (CPE).

The Native ATM solution carries both TDM and ATM traffic over a single STM1c transport span (optionally, two spans can provide redundant transport). Data is provisionable up to 500 Mbps per AccessMAX CBA. The TDM traffic is converted to ATM cells before it is transported to the LET. At the LET, the TDM traffic is converted back to TDM and groomed off to the TDM network (PSTN), and the ATM traffic is handed off to the ATM network.

For more information on Native ATM xDSL services, see the AccessMAX xDSL Application Guide.

PSTN

ATM

V5.1, V5.2

ADSL 2+6, 4+6, 6+0, 6+6, or SHDSL

STM1c

STM1c

LET RST

Broadband NetworkInterface

Broadband Transport Customer Interface



Native ATM, continued

Native ATM features

Native ATM xDSL services include the following features in Release 8.0EE:

• End-to-end ATM transport

• ITU G.992.1 and G.992.2, ANSI T1.413, and G.Lite ADSL standards available

• Three Quality of Service categories: constant bit rate (CBR), unspecified bit rate (UBR), and real time variable bit rate (rt-VBR)

• Provisionable ADSL and SHDSL line parameters

• Up to 255 pre-provisionable ADSL port profiles for ease of port assignment

• Up to 255 pre-provisionable SHDSL port profiles for ease of port assignment

• ADSL 2+6 plug-in card (two ADSL circuits and six POTS circuits)

• ADSL 4+6 plug-in card (four ADSL circuits and six POTS circuits)

• ADSL 6+0 plug-in card (six ADSL circuits)

• ADSL 6+6 plug-in card (six ADSL circuits and six POTS circuits; G.Lite only)

• SHDSL plug-in card (6 SHDSL circuits; G.SHDSL only)

• STM1c-XCVR plug-in card as an uplink, interterminal transport, or ATM service

• STM1cu-XCVR plug-in card as uplink

• Data provisionable for up to 500 Mbps per AccessMAX CBA

• Connection Admission Control



EdgeAccess ATM™

Description AFC’s EdgeAccess ATM™ solution provides cost-effective ATM-based (narrowband) ADSL services throughout the access network. There are three sections of the access segment of your network:

• Network interface to the ATM switch or router

• Local access transport to the remote location

• Customer interface

The EdgeAccess ATM solution (also referred to as ATM over TDM, or AoT) addresses all three sections. In the network interface section, an STM1cu-XCVR, STM1cu-XCVR, E1-XCVR, or E1X-XCVR plug-in card uplinks to an ATM network. In the local access transport section, the AccessMAX system provides transport via copper or fiber. In the customer interface section, AFC’s ADSL 2+6, 4+6, 6+0, 6+6 or SHDSL plug-in cards access the customer premise equipment (CPE). EdgeAccess ATM ADSL services work in any universal topology or integrated interface (V5.1 or V5.2).

The EdgeAccess ATM solution carries ATM traffic over TDM (AoT). Data is provisionable up to 43 Mbps per AccessMAX CBA. The ATM traffic is multiplexed into TDM pipes and carried through the system. At the edge of the network, it is converted back to standards-based ATM traffic to interface to the ATM network or xDSL modem.

For more information on EdgeAccess ATM xDSL services, see the AccessMAX xDSL Application Guide.

ADSL

RSTLET

Fiber or Copper

Customer InterfaceLocal Access TransportNetwork Interface

Universal, V5.1, V5.2

STM1cuE1

ATM

PSTN



EdgeAccess ATM™, continued

EdgeAccess ATM features

EdgeAccess ATM ADSL service has the following features in Release 8.0EE:

• ATM over TDM (AoT) transport

• ITU G.992.1 and G.992.2, ANSI T1.413, and G.Lite ADSL standards available

• Quality of Service category: unspecified bit rate (UBR)

• Up to 255 pre-provisionable ADSL port profiles for ease of port assignment

• ADSL 2+6 plug-in card (two ADSL circuits and six POTS circuits)

• ADSL 4+6 plug -in card (four ADSL circuits and six POTS circuits)

• ADSL 6+0 plug-in card (six ADSL circuits)

• ADSL 6+6 plug-in card (six ADSL circuits and six POTS circuits)

• SHDSL plug-in card (six SHDSL circuits, G.SHDSL only)

• STM1c-XCVR plug-in card

• STM1cu-XCVR (for use as a concentrator or data uplink)

• E1X-XCVR or E1-XCVR plug-in card (for use as a data uplink, when combined with an STM1cu-XCVR concentrator)

• CPU-2 or CPU-3 plug-in card

• Data provisionable for up to 512 64-kbps channels per AccessMAX CBA

• Connection Admission Control



Mixed ATM

Using mixed ATM solutions

The AccessMAX system supports mixed ATM solutions, where some connections are Native ATM and some are EdgeAccess ATM. You may expand existing systems and deploy Native ATM as warranted by service demands.

AccessMAX Release 8.0EE supports a mix of Native ATM and EdgeAccess ATM terminals as follows:

An AccessMAX LET supports a mix of Native ATM and EdgeAccess ATM shelves as follows:

If the LET uses... Then any single RST must use...

Native ATM Native ATM or EdgeAccess ATM, but cannot support both solutions simultaneously.

EdgeAccess ATM EdgeAccess ATM only.

If the primary shelf uses... Then the expansion shelvescan be...

Native ATM Native ATM or EdgeAccess ATM with some limitations. For more information, see the AccessMAX xDSL Application Guide.

EdgeAccess ATM EdgeAccess ATM only.



Mixed ATM, continued

Native ATM configuration

An example of an end-to-end Native ATM network follows:

EdgeAccess ATM configuration

An example of an end-to-end EdgeAccess ATM network follows:

RST3 RST6

CPU-3

STM1c

ADSL

CPU-3

RIPOTS

STM1c

ADSL

RIPOTS

STM1c

LET

= narrowband = broadband

Broadband End-to-End

CPU-3

STM1c

LET

b d

Narrowband End-to-End

RST2 RST5

CPU-2

E1/FO

E1/FO

CPU-2

E1/FO

RIPOTS

CPU-2

E1/FO

RIPOTS




Mixed ATM configuration

An example of a network with Native ATM and EdgeAccess ATM terminals follows. In this example RST1 can provide Native ATM ADSL, and RST2 can only provide EdgeAccess ATM ADSL:

LET

= narrowband = broadband

RST4 RST1

Partial Broadband Build-Out

CPU-3

E1

ADSL

CPU-2

CPU-3

STM1c

RIPOTS

STM1c

ADSL

E1

RIPOTS




Definitions Native ATM solutionThe Native ATM solution carries ATM cells directly over an ATM-only physical layer via STM1c-XCVR and CPU-3 plug-in cards. This solution carries legacy TDM services, data, and Voice over ATM.

ATM end-to-endA network where Native ATM connections run throughout.

EdgeAccess ATM solutionThe EdgeAccess ATM solution carries ATM cells over TDM (AoT) via E1, fiber-optic, or E3 media.

ATM over TDM (AoT)The technology used to carry ATM over TDM networks.

Mixed ATM solutionThe Mixed ATM solution uses both EdgeAccess ATM and Native ATM connections in a network.

Native ATM terminalA terminal in which all xDSL plug-in cards are set to use Native ATM connections only. In a Native ATM terminal, all VCCs originating on the subscriber side use the cell bus.

EdgeAccess ATM terminalA terminal in which all xDSL plug-in cards are set to use EdgeAccess ATM connections only. In an EdgeAccess ATM terminal, all VCCs originating on the subscriber side use the TDM bus.

Native ATM primary shelfA primary shelf where the cell bus is active. A primary shelf uses the Native ATM solution if it has a CPU-3 plug-in card, STM1c transport, and a broadband backplane.

EdgeAccess ATM primary shelfA primary shelf where the cell bus is not active. A primary shelf uses the EdgeAccess solution if it has a CPU-2 plug-in card.





Definitions, continued

Native ATM expansion shelfA shelf connected to a Native ATM primary shelf with the intershelf link facilitated over fiber-optic connections between the ELU-3 and EBC-3 plug-in cards.

EdgeAccess ATM expansion shelfA shelf connected to an EdgeAccess ATM or Native ATM primary shelf with the intershelf link facilitated over fiber-optic connections between the ELU and EBC plug-in cards.



Voice over Packet

Description AFC is a leader in migrating to Voice over Packet (VoP) technologies. AFC’s voice over ATM (VoATM) solution provides a single network connection that manages and delivers data and voice services. VoATM combines data and voice over a single packet-cell-based infrastructure, facilitating higher performance, greater flexibility, and faster service deployment.

Release 8.0EE delivers VoATM services with an integrated access device (IAD) coupled with an AFC AccessMAX integrated multiservice access platform. It effectively delivers end-to-end voice over ATM technology. This enables a single network connection supporting voice and data services.

There are three sections of the access segment of your network. AFC’s VoATM solution addresses all three sections.

In the network interface section, an STM1c-XCVR plug-in card uplinks to an ATM network, and delivers all services—voice, data, and video—over a single connection. In the transport section, the AccessMAX system provides STM1c transport between the LET and the RST—a single converged transport for all services in the network, with high-bandwidth, resiliency and guaranteed quality of service. In the customer interface section, an ADSL or G.SHDSL signal running over a single pair from a remote terminal connects with the IAD.


LET

Transport CustomerInterface

Network Interface

V5 or universal

V5 or universal STM1c

STM1c

STM1c

STM1cSTM1c

Gateway



Voice over Packet, continued

Description, continued

AFC’s ADSL or SHDSL plug-in card enables connection to the IAD. The IAD encapsulates analog voice and digital data at the edge of the network into ATM cells, then aggregates voice and data cells, and transports the ATM cells to the xDSL card. The ATM cells are transported through the AccessMAX system to the voice gateway or softswitch via STM1c. The voice gateway isolates the voice ATM cells and re-translates them into 64-kbps channels, and then hands voice channels in TDM format to a PSTN switch. Or the softswitch processes the call and routes the request to the appropriate termination, which can be another subscriber or a trunk to another PSTN softswitch or classic switch.

VoATM features VoATM services include the following features in Release 8.0EE:

• ATM transport across ADSL and G.SHDSL spans

• Voice over ATM via AAL2 and AAL1

• Three Quality of Service categories: constant bit rate (CBR), unspecified bit rate (UBR), and real time variable bit rate (rt-VBR)

• End-to-end management of the ATM connections

• Up to 255 pre-provisionable SHDSL port profiles for ease of port assignment

• Up to 255 pre-provisionable ADSL port profiles for east of port assignment

• Up to 4,096 pre-provisionable ATM VCC profiles for ease of configuring the virtual connections

• the ADSL family of plug-in cards

• the STM1c-XCVR plug-in card

• SHDSL plug-in card

• Compatible with a variety of industry-standard voice gateways





Design

Section Overview


Topic Page Overview

Architecture 38

Capabilities 39

Bandwidth Capacity 41

Expansion 43

Software 44



Architecture

Architectural elements

The AccessMAX system’s unique and flexible architecture delivers economical service capabilities over a broad range of line sizes.

Several basic elements, described in this manual, comprise the AccessMAX architecture. Using various configurations of these basic elements, AccessMAX delivers POTS, data, enhanced telephone services over fiber, E1, and analog (radio) transport media. Provision services in Point-to-Point, Star, Drop-and-Insert, and Tree topologies. Provision universal configuration, as well as V5.1 and V5.2 direct switch interface configurations.

All AccessMAX elements function to make the entire system open and flexible. Because most service options are software programmable from the AccessMAX Craft Interface and AccessManager, most plug-in cards have no hardware strapping requirements.

AccessMAX consists of two terminal elements, the Local Exchange Terminal (LET) and the Remote Subscriber Terminal (RST). For more information, see “Elements” on page Overview • 45.



Capabilities

Integrated Multiservice Access design

The design of AccessMAX follows one fundamental principle: the customer’s network and service requirements should dictate the configuration and capabilities of end-to-end distributed multiservice access solutions for the local loop, rather than system capabilities or network architecture limitations determining the user’s options. Holding to that principle, the AccessMAX product family consists of a variety of industry-leading, Integrated Multiservice Access Platforms with integrated optics and intelligent CPE. The platform uses a hybrid ATM/TDM architecture. It provides a variety of loop interfaces for voice, HDSL, ISDN, and SHDSL services over various transport media, including E1, STM1, fiber, and wireless.

The high density capabilities of AccessMAX makes it well suited for urban environments where space is at a premium in either the local exchange building or at the remote site—whether the remote terminal is equipped in a cabinet or rack mounted in a building or controlled environmental vault (CEV). A single AccessMAX system can serve over 2,000 subscribers. A single CBA provides up to 120 lines of service, making the system cost-effective in medium- and low-density environments.

The AccessMAX architecture allows a common access facility to share multiple services and provide efficient bandwidth allocation.



Capabilities, continued

AccessMAX terminals

AccessMAX terminals generally consist of one or more 26-slot CBAs (the UMC1048 and DMAX1048 CBAs have 14-slots). Each full-sized CBA consists of two central processing unit slots, two power supply unit slots, and 22 general purpose card slots (10 general purpose slots in smaller CBAs).

Several unique design features in the CBA make it especially flexible and cost effective:

• Each CBA provides both common control and distribution of service. You do not need a separate common control shelf or ringing generator. This keeps start-up costs for the AccessMAX system low.

• Install any AccessMAX service or transceiver plug-in card into any general purpose slot. All AccessMAX plug-in cards are the same physical size. With these characteristics, AccessMAX integrates easily into various network architectures to provide the necessary mix of services for any application.

• The AccessMAX CBA is universal: the same CBA functions at both the central office and at remote sites. Redeploy any CBA from one site to another, regardless of environmental and functional requirements.



Bandwidth Capacity

Introduction The following parameters determine the bandwidth capacity for the AccessMAX system:

• Channels per system

• CBAs per terminal

• Data link/timing source slots per CBA

• Transport between terminals

Channels per system

In a V5.2 interface configuration, AccessMAX supports 2,016 subscribers with 3:1 concentration. This concentration ratio supports up to 672 active calls with 2,016 port assignments, which correspond to 2,016 AccessMAX channel assignments.

A Universal application supports 672 active calls and 960 cross-connects.

CBAs per terminal

Any AccessMAX Local Exchange Terminal (LET) or Remote Subscriber Terminal (RST) can support up to eight CBAs, including one primary CBA and seven expansion CBAs.

Data link/timing source slots per CBA

Each full-sized CBA consists of 26 slots for plug-in cards. Four slots are reserved for common control. Each of the 22 general purpose slots can carry the data link between terminals and provide timing for any special circuits or transport links.

Transport between terminals

When used for interterminal transport, the FO-XCVR, FOB-XCVR, or FOW-XCVR support the full 672 channel bandwidth.

Each E1 card supports 30, 64-kbps channels. E1 interterminal transport bandwidth is limited by the channels supported by the equipped facilities.



Bandwidth Capacity, continued

Transport between terminals, continued

Each STM1 card supports up to 155 Mbps of interterminal transport when provisioned as a transceiver. 50 Mbps are reserved for the TDM backplane, 5 Mbps are reserved for ATM overhead, and the remaining 100 Mbps are available for Native ATM traffic.

Use multiple E1, STM1c, and/or fiber transceiver plug-in cards to provide over 2,000 channels from one RST to up to 31 additional terminals. Each LET supports a maximum of 32 remote terminals.



Expansion

Additional CBA shelves

To expand AccessMAX systems, add one or more CBAs linked to the primary CBA by fiber-optic cable. Configure each AccessMAX system for up to 2,048 subscribers with a maximum of eight CBAs per terminal.

Expansion plug-in cards

To expand a broadband terminal, use the Expansion Link Unit 3 (ELU-3) and Expansion Bank Control 3 (EBC-3) plug-in cards. The ELU-3 provides the system connection from a primary broadband shelf to each broadband expansion shelf in the terminal. The EBC-3 provides the microprocessor-based control for each broadband expansion shelf. The fiber connection carrying ATM traffic between the ELU-3 and EBC-3 operates at a rate of 155 Mbps.

To expand a narrowband terminal, use the Expansion Link Unit (ELU) and Expansion Bank Control (EBC) plug-in cards. The ELU provides the system connection from the primary narrowband shelf to each narrowband expansion shelf. The EBC provides the microprocessor-based control for each narrowband expansion shelf. The fiber connection between the ELU and EBC operates at a rate of 49.152 Mbps.

Expansion benefits

The expansion feature of the AccessMAX design offers several benefits:

• Buy enough plug-in cards to support the current capacity. Purchase additional cards later based on service demand.

• To add expansion shelves, add EBC and ELU plug-in cards, plus a cable, rather than additional CPUs.

• The slots in all CBAs are multi-purpose.

• Add remote terminals from the LET in Drop-and-Insert, Tree, and Star configurations. Use up to a maximum of 32 remotes, up to 5 spans from the last remote to the LET.



Software

Description Provision the AccessMAX system via software that allows you to turn up and manage complex network architectures. System software also allows the AccessMAX to manage a fully integrated 1/0 digital cross-connect. Many AccessMAX configurations have plug-and-play capabilities. System software recognizes and manages plug-in cards at the far end of a working transport span. Each AccessMAX software release offers new and enhanced capabilities described in the General Release Description issued with the release.

Craft interface The power of AccessMAX system software derives from its terminal management capabilities, in addition to the menu-driven Craft Interface. The Craft Interface operates with any standard modem and communications software, or over Telnet using the IPMI plug-in card. For instructions on the appropriate modem settings for the AccessMAX CBA, see the AccessMAX Turn-Up, Test, and Maintenance manual.

AUP Each CPU plug-in card contains the factory-installed system software. Upgrade system software in the field using the AccessMAX Utility Package (AUP) and Upgrade Guide.

Access Manager

You can manage your entire AccessMAX system with AFC’s element management system, AccessManager. For more information on the GUI (graphical user interface)-based software, see the AccessManager User Guide or call AFC Applications Engineering.



Elements

Section Overview


Topic Page Overview

Local Exchange Terminal 46

Remote Subscriber Terminal 47

Remote Subscriber Cabinets 48



Local Exchange Terminal

Description The AccessMAX LET (Local Exchange Terminal) normally resides in the central office (CO). It interfaces to the CO switch via analog or E1 facilities, depending on the type of switch interface. Services may originate or terminate at the LET.

In universal configurations, the LET interfaces to the Local Exchange Switch and links to the Remote Subscriber Terminal (RST). The LET also provides Craft Interface and alarm connections in the CO. Each LET can support more than 2,000 subscribers distributed among as many as 32 RSTs in various network architectures. Subscriber services can consist of any combination of POTS, public phone, DID, DOD, PBX, ADSL, SHDSL, ISDN, E&M, E1, digital or analog data, and other services.

Channel bank assembly

The fundamental building block for the AccessMAX system is the Channel Bank Assembly (CBA). It is universal, operating in both the LET and in the RST. Any CBA can function as the primary CBA or an expansion CBA. All CBAs are functionally compatible. A drawing of a full-sized UMC1000 CBA with the slots labeled to indicate the minimum configuration for a single CBA system follows (the same minimum configuration applies to the DMAX1120):

Note: The smaller CBAs (UMC1048, DMAX1048) have 14 slots: two PSU plug-in card slots, two CPU plug-in card slots, and 10 general purpose slots.



Remote Subscriber Terminal

Description Locate the AccessMAX Remote Subscriber Terminal (RST) in customer serving areas. The RST links to other RSTs, to the LET, or directly to the central office switch, depending on the application. Various transport media may link the RSTs. Services can originate or terminate at an RST.

An RST can mount in a rack inside a remote switch building or CEV. RSTs may also reside in indoor housings in a telephone utilities building or inside an equipment room on the subscriber’s premise. Finally, an RST may be factory-installed in one of AccessMAX’s specially designed, environmentally sealed and hardened Remote Subscriber Cabinets (RSCs). The RSCs range in size from 48 to 2,000 lines. For more information, see “Remote Subscriber Cabinets” on page Overview • 48.

Remote Subscriber Terminals use local AC power or are powered from the LET or other RSTs. Battery backup is also available.

As with the LET, the first CBA in the RST functions as the primary CBA. All additional CBAs serve as expansion CBAs.



Remote Subscriber Cabinets

Outdoor cabinets

AFC’s outdoor telecom housings for AccessMAX systems are environmentally hardened and sealed to protect the equipment inside. A list of outdoor Remote Subscriber Cabinets follows:

• The RSC/48 delivers up to 48 lines of service in a pole, pad, wall, or H-frame mounted cabinet.

• The RSC/360 delivers up to 360 lines in a pad-mounted cabinet.

• The RSC/480 delivers up to 480 lines in a pad-mounted cabinet.

• The RSC/67D2 delivers up to 672 lines in a pad-mounted cabinet.

Indoor cabinets AFC also makes indoor housings to place the AccessMAX system inside a building in a non-rack mounted configuration. Applications for indoor housings include office buildings, schools, or other customer premise telephone utilities rooms.

A list of indoor cabinets follows:

• The RSCI/48 accommodates up to 48 lines in an indoor cabinet. The RSCI/48 stands on feet or casters or mounts on the wall.

• The RSCI/480 accommodates up to 480 lines in an indoor cabinet. The RSCI/480 stands on feet or on casters.



Transport Media

Section Overview


Description Each transmission span carries an interterminal data link. The data link carries ATM data traffic and messages for 64-kbps channel allocation, provisioning, maintenance, traffic statistics, testing, and administration. Data link and channel redundancy requires redundant spans.

System timing A transceiver sending timing to another terminal may reside on any shelf. However, the transceiver receiving timing from another terminal must reside in the primary shelf.

Topic Page Overview

Fiber-Optic Transport 50

E1 Transport 51



Fiber-Optic Transport

STM1c transport media

The AccessMAX system supports STM1c interterminal transport, delivering higher levels of ATM data traffic between terminals.

When provisioned as an interterminal transceiver, the STM1c-XCVR plug-in card supports both EdgeAccess ATM and Native ATM connections. It has a 155-Mbps interface. The card uses PowerMAX and heat dissipation technologies available with the DMAX1120 Channel Bank Assembly (CBA). The STM1c-XCVR must reside in the primary shelf. It may be inserted into any of the 22 general purpose slots, and populate 100% of a single DMAX1120 shelf.

To upgrade the system from copper to fiber transport, replace multiple E1s or analog transceiver plug-in cards with STM1c transceiver plug-in cards. Use single ports of STM1c transceivers in place of numerous E1 transport spans. The conversion is quick, easy, and cost-effective.

Fiber-optic transport media

The AccessMAX system allows use of redundant or non-redundant fiber-optic spans for transport. The fully integrated fiber multiplexing capabilities make fiber transport applications simple and inexpensive.

The AccessMAX system does not require a separate fiber multiplexer or common control shelf, nor does it require E1 links between the fiber multiplexer and a subscriber channel bank. Instead, an AccessMAX fiber-optic transceiver, seated in any of the CBA general purpose slots, links directly to all subscriber services provisioned from an LET or RST through the CBA backplane.

The AccessMAX fiber transceiver plug-in cards provide a 49.152-Mbps optical link that allows non-blocking transport of all narrowband and wideband services deployed from any AccessMAX terminal.

To upgrade the system from copper to fiber transport, replace E1 or analog transceiver plug-in cards with fiber transceiver plug-in cards. The conversion is quick, easy, and inexpensive. Most importantly, the conversion does not affect customers in service, whether they are on-hook or off-hook.



E1 Transport

E1 transport media

The AccessMAX system handles all types of E1 transport media.

• Use copper facilities by assigning E1 spans as the transport media between terminals. Environmentally hardened, line-powering E1 transceiver cards power repeaters, and provide sealing current. Use non-line powering plug-in E1 transceiver cards for DSX applications.

• Use HDSL E1 spans by assigning HDSL transceivers. HDSL transceivers can power doublers.

Concentration The AccessMAX system allows flexible concentration of traffic over all E1 facilities.

• Serve high-traffic applications via non-concentrated E1 facilities to maintain non-blocking service even during peak business hours. Add protection spans at your discretion.

• Configure lower traffic volume locations, such as suburban or rural residential areas, with fewer E1 spans to provide any desired level of traffic concentration.

In all cases, employing multiple spans protects against span failures. AccessMAX systems automatically reroute traffic from failed spans to functional spans.

Populate an RST with any number of E1 transceivers (2.048 Mbps each), up to the limit of the AccessMAX backplane. To establish concentration, provision the LET and/or RST with fewer E1 transceivers than necessary to provide non-concentrated service.

Provision the concentration ratio depending on the call volume expected in a given area. Calculate the concentration ratio by dividing the number of subscriber lines by the appropriate multiple of 30, according to the number of E1 spans available. For example, for 276 subscriber lines supported by three E1 spans, the concentration ratio is three to one (3:1). For 360 subscriber lines using three E1 spans, the concentration ratio is four to one (4:1).



E1 Transport, continued

Groomed circuits

Grooming E1 channels is easy through the AccessMAX Craft Interface, as is defining the attributes of groomed E1 channels.

Timing sources You can specify E1 spans as potential timing sources for the LET and RSTs. Selecting multiple E1 spans as timing sources sets up a timing safety net. If the first specified E1 span fails, the AccessMAX system searches for the next specified E1 span.

A transceiver sending timing to another terminal may reside on any shelf. However, the transceiver receiving timing from another terminal must reside in the primary shelf.



Radio Transport

Description The AccessMAX system supports telephony services over a spread spectrum radio transport facility.

Installing a Spread Spectrum Radio Transceiver (SSR-XCVR) at both the LET and RST in any of the multi-purpose slots in the AccessMAX CBA enables a full-duplex radio link. The SSR-XCVR is ideal for transmission over rough terrain or water where other transport media are ineffective or cost-prohibitive.

The SSR-XCVR transmits and receives 30, 64-kbps channels of voice or data over a line-of-sight microwave link. The SSR-XCVR operates over the frequency band of 2.400–2.4835 GHz. An optional interface allows transmission over a 5.725–5.850 GHz frequency band. These frequency ranges are often license-free. The link carries data at 2.048 Mbps. Under certain conditions, the system can manage two 30-channel interfaces on the same microwave span. For more information, refer to the Spread Spectrum Radio Application Guide.



Powering

Description The basic power element of the AccessMAX system is the Universal Power Assembly (UPA). It is a modern, robust, and flexible power system. The UPA combines the latest technology with a modular, plug-in approach to provide a wide variety of economical powering options. The UPA’s backplane assembly provides connections and wiring for a wide range of plug-in cards. To provision the UPA for a particular application, equip the assembly with the appropriate types and quantities of plug-in cards. See the “Cabinets and Components” section of this manual and the AccessMAX Turn-Up, Test, and Maintenance manual for more information on configuring the UPA.

The AccessMAX system is also compatible with various third-party charger/rectifiers. Contact AFC Applications Engineering for more information.



Specifications

Section Overview


Topic Page Overview

Transport Media 56

Signalling 58

Voice Interface 60

Ringing 61

Dialing 62

General 63

Environmental 64

Mechanical 65



Transport Media

Line rate Line rate specifications follow:

Line code Line code specifications follow:

Pulse amplitude

Pulse amplitude specifications follow:

Impedance Transceiver impedance specifications follows

E1 (including HDSL) PAIRGAIN 2.048 Mbps ± 32 ppm

Fiber 49.152/155.52 Mbps ± 50 ppm

SSR 2.048 Mbps

DS31 44.736 Mbps ± 20 ppm

E31 34 Mbps ± 20 ppm

E1HD ADTRAN 32 * 64 Mbps ± 32 ppm

STM1c 155.52 Mbps

E1 HDB3

HDSL 2B1Q

Fiber Scrambled, NRZI

E3I B3ZS

E1 3.0 Vpk ITU G.703

Other Fiber -7 dBm (laser) @ 1310 nm

Extended fiber (WDM) -3 dBm (laser) @ 1550 nm

Transceiver Type Impedance

E1-XCVR 100 Ω ± 5% (balanced)

E1HD-XCVR (AD) 135 ΩE1HD-XCVR (PG) 135 ΩSSR-XCVR 50 ΩDS31-XCVR 75 Ω ± 5%

E3I-XCVR 75 Ω



Transport Media, continued

Maximum span Maximum span specifications follow:

Attenuation Attenuation specifications follow:

E1 signalling E1 signalling types follow:

Companding Specifications for companding are A-Law, eight bits per timeslot.

Repeater spacing

E1 maximum repeater spacing is 36 dB.E1HD maximum doubler spacing is 35 dB.

Transceiver Type Maximum Span Length

E1-XCVR -36 dB @ 1024 kHz without repeaters

E1HD-XCV 3.35 km (2.08miles)

E1HD-ADTN 3.7 km (2.29miles)

E3I-XCVR 138 m (.08miles)

FO-XCVR 56 km (35 miles)

FOB-XCVR 40 km (25 miles)

FOW-XCVR 72.5 km (45 miles)

STM1c-XCVR 45 km (28 miles)

SSR-XCVR 50 km (31 miles)

Fiber -34 dB @ 49.152/155.52 Mbps + 50 ppm

Extended fibre (WDM) -38 dB @ 49.152 Mbps

STM1c -28 dB @ 155.52 Mbps

E1 Type Signalling

E1 • ITU G.703

• Common channel signalling

HDSL 2B1Q



Signalling

DC supervisory Specifications for DC supervisory follow:

Off-hook battery reversal

Specifications for off-hook battery reversal follow:

Forward disconnect delay

Forward disconnect delay for LET–RST is < 50 msec.

Ground start Specifications for ground start follow:

Exchange

Off-hook 900 Ω, 600 ΩOn-hook 25 kΩ

Remote

DC supervisory range 1800 Ω @ 25 mA

DC supervisory range including telephone

1930 Ω @ 23 mA

On-hook voltage ≤ 55 Vdc and ≥ 42.75 Vdc

Loop current Constant current 25 mA

LET-RST < 50 ms

Quiet reversal option < 80 ms

ConcentratedRST–LET Ring-Ground delayLET–RST Tip-Ground delay

< 200 ms< 200 ms

Non-concentratedRST–LET Ring-Ground delayLET–RST Tip-Ground delay

< 50 ms< 50 ms



Signalling, continued

Impedance Specifications for impedance follow:

Insertion loss Insertion loss specifications follow:

Return loss Specifications for return loss G.712 and G.713 follow:

I-POTS County specific

I-APOTS 600 Ω

I-VPOTS 600 Ω

ADSL POTS 600 Ω

UVG 600 Ω + 2.16 µF

I-POTS 2 dB ± 0.5 dB (at the remote)

I-APOTS 0 dB ± 0.4 dB

I-VPOTS 2 dB ± 0.4 dB

UVG 3 dB short loop0 dB long loop

2-wire RL > 20 dB, 400 Hz to 3 kHz

4-wire RL > 28 dB, 300 Hz to 3 kHz



Voice Interface

Frequency response

Frequency response range is 300 Hz to 3.4 kHz (+0.5, -1.0 dB), compliant with ITU G.712 and ITU G.713.

Idle channel noise

Idle channel noise is ≤ 20 dBrnC, compliant with ITU G.712 and ITU G.713.

Crosstalk Line-to-line crosstalk is < -67 dBm0, compliant with ITU G.712 and ITU G.713.

Longitudinal balance

Longitudinal balance exceeds minimum and average performance thresholds across multiple frequency ranges as specified in ITU G.712 and ITU G.713.

Amplitude tracking

Amplitude tracking maximum and average deviations conform to performance thresholds across multiple input levels as specified in ITU G.712 and ITU G.713.

Single frequency distortion

Single frequency distortion conforms to performance thresholds across multiple frequency ranges as specified in ITU G.712 and ITU G.713.

Intermodulation distortion

Intermodulation distortion conforms to minimum performance as specified in ITU G.712 and ITU G.713.

Signal-to-distortion ratio

Signal-to-distortion ratios conform to minimum performance thresholds across multiple frequency ranges as specified in ITU G.712 and ITU G.713.



Ringing

Ringing detection: exchange

Specifications for ringing detection–exchange appear below:

Ringing frequency

Specifications for ringing frequency appear below:

Ringing voltage Specifications for ringing voltage appear below:

Ringing delay End-to-end ringing delay is < 200 ms.

Ring distortion End-to-end ring distortion is < 25 ms.

Ring cadence Ring cadence for the RST is ring following (CLASS compatible).

Ringing capacity

Ringing capacity for the RST is 5 REN per line.

Bulk input ringing: external

Specifications for bulk input ringing–external appear below:

35 to 100 Vrms 14 to 55 Hz

Minimum detection duration 150 ms

Provisionable per system 16.7, 17.7, 18.7, 20.0, 21.0, 22.3, 23.5, 25.0, 26.4, 28.0, 29.8, 31.6, 33.3, 35.4, 37.6, 40.0, 42.2, 44.4, 47.4, 50.0 Hz

Provisionable source 60, 65, 85, or 95 Vrms

Maximum total ring load @ 65 Vrms > 300 Ω (15 W rms)

Ringing frequency 16.7 Hz to 50.0 Hz

Ringing voltage (AC) 60 to 95 Vrms

Ringing voltage (DC offset) -47 to -53 Vdc

Type Continuous, grounded return



Dialing

Dial pulsing Specifications for dial pulsing appear below:

Signalling delay

Signalling delay is < 50 msec.

Pulse distortion

Pulse distortion is < 10 msec (open interval 50 msec to 2 sec.).


On-hook transmission specifications follow:

• POTS

– Call message waiting (provisionable)

– Between ring bursts

– Loop current feed open: 15 sec. transmission path

• UVG

– Transmit always (provisionable: on/off)

– Between ring bursts

– Loop current feed open (POTS setting only): 15 sec. transmission path

Frequency 8 to 12 pps

Break in 58% to 64%

Break out 46% to 74%



General

System synchronization

Specifications for system synchronization follow:

Alarms The AccessMAX system supports critical, major, and minor alarms with alarm cut-off. Set alarm thresholds through system software.

Powering Specifications for powering follow:

2.048 Mbps external ± 32 ppm ITU G.703

2 MHz external ± 50 ppm Composite clock

LET -42 Vdc to -63 Vdc @ 4 A max

RST Local AC 220 Vac to 110 Vac

Charger 50 Hz to 60 Hz 1.0 A

RST Exchange DC E1: -130 V



Environmental

Indoor The following specifications apply to controlled environments:

• Operating limit:5°C to 40°C inside ambient temperature

• Short-term limit:-5°C to 50°C inside ambient temperature

Note: A short-term limit is not more than 96 consecutive hours, and not more than 15 days annually.

• 10% to 80% relative humidity

Outdoor The following specifications apply to uncontrolled environments, with an outside ambient temperature of 46°C and maximum solar load:

• -40°C to 65°C inside ambient temperature

• 5% to 95% relative humidity (non-condensing)



Mechanical

Channel Bank Assembly

Dimensions for the UMC1000 and DMAX1120 Channel Bank Assemblies follow:

Dimensions for the UMC1048 and DMAX1048 Channel Bank Assemblies follow:

Dimensions for the Euro Front Access Channel Bank Assembly follow:

Fuse and Alarm Assembly

Dimensions for the Fuse and Alarm Assembly (FAA) follow:

Universal Power Assembly

Dimensions for the Universal Power Assembly (UPA) follow:

Height 17.78 cm/4U

Width 48.26 cm

Depth 33.02 cm

Height 17.78 cm /4U

Width 29.21 cm

Depth 30.48 cm

Height 17.78 cm

Width 44.45 cm

Depth 30.48 cm

Height 4.44 cm /1U

Width 48.26 cm

Depth 28.0 cm

Height 13.33 cm /3U

Width 48.26 cm

Depth 34.29 cm



Mechanical, continued

RSC/48 Dimensions for the RSC/48 follow:

RSCI/48 Dimensions for the RSCI/48 follow

RSC/240D Dimensions of the RSC/240D follow:


Height 61 cm

Width 40.64 cm

Depth 42.41 cm

Weight 44 kg

Height 83.82 cm

Width 48.51 cm

Depth 45.97 cm

Weight 47 kg

Height 149 cm

Width 91 cm

Depth 71 cm

Weight 236 kg

Height 132 cm

Width 157 cm

Depth 57.45 cm

Weight 1232 kg



Mechanical, continued


RSCI/480 Dimensions for the RSCI/480 follow:

RSC/672DDimensions The dimensions of the RSC/672D cabinet follow:

Height 180.00 cm

Width 160.00 cm

Depth 56.00 cm

Weight 162.50 kg

Height 215.90 cm

Width 69.85 cm

Depth 55.15 cm

Weight 191.25 kg

Height 1677 cm

Width 184 cm

Depth 91 cm

Weight 771 kg




March 12, 2002 AFC AccessMAX System DescriptionRel 8.0EE System Topologies

System Topologies

Chapter Overview


Introduction The AccessMAX system supports network topologies. Topologies range from simple Point-to-Point systems to complex systems with up to 32 RSTs (Remote Subscriber Terminals) configured in Star, Drop-and-Insert, and Tree topologies. RSTs interface to an LET (Local Exchange Terminal) or have a direct digital interface to the local exchange.

Integrated applications

In integrated applications, the AccessMAX system complies with TTCN for the ITU V5 specifications. These specifications provide for direct integration of RSTs into a digital local exchange equipped with a V5 interface.

AccessMAX supports one E1 span in a V5.1 group and up to 22 V5.1 groups per system.

AccessMAX supports from one to 16 E1 spans in a V5.2 group. Each AccessMAX system can integrate up to five V5.2 groups into the local exchange.

Universal applications

In universal applications, the AccessMAX system uses a proprietary interface between terminals. This interface operates over E1, HDSL, SSR, E3I, and fiber spans. It allocates timeslots on a call-by-call basis, supporting both full-featured concentration and 1:N protection of the interface spans. The interface includes a data link between terminals, allowing remote administration, maintenance, provisioning, traffic monitoring, and testing.

Topic Page Topology

System Topologies 3

Integrated Interface Configurations 11

© 2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information.Rev 1 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC SD • Topology • 1

AFC AccessMAX System Description March 12, 2002System Topologies Rel 8.0EE

© 2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information.SD • Topology • 2 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC Rev 1


System Topologies

Section Overview


Description The AccessMAX system’s modular design supports Point-to-Point, Star, Drop-and-Insert, and Tree topologies.

The built-in 1/0 time slot interchanger allows the system to function as a digital cross-connect. Any AccessMAX terminal can transport interoffice facilities, deliver subscriber services, or do both simultaneously. A single AccessMAX CBA can also function as a stand-alone CBA to accept, groom, and deliver services to and from other network elements.

The AccessMAX can serve as a standard fiber multiplexer delivering up to 672 64-kbps channels over fiber facilities. A single 48.26 cm (19-inch) CBA can deliver twenty E1s in this type of application.

Switched and non-switched services

In configurations with only switched services such as POTS, the LET is optional. For those applications with non-switched services or fiber transport, the LET grooms the traffic, separating the switched traffic from the non-switched traffic. The AccessMAX system consolidates the switched traffic onto fully utilized E1 interfaces for direct connection to the digital local exchange. The non-switched traffic terminates on the appropriate LET plug-in cards.

Topic Page Topology

Universal Topology 5

Star Topology 6

Drop-and-Insert Topology 7

Tree Topology 8

Survivable Transport Topology 9

Co-Location 10



Section Overview, continued

Universal topologies

In Universal topologies, the LET interfaces to the local exchange for all services provided by any RST in the field.

In Universal topologies, a single LET can serve up to 960 subscribers (1008 subscribers in non-redundant configuration) with 672 active calls at any one time. Up to 32 RSTs can home directly to the LET in a Star configuration. An add-drop chain can extend five transport spans deep from the LET with up to 32 total remote terminals.



Universal Topology

Description The AccessMAX system serves large or small groups of subscribers in the traditional Universal digital loop carrier topology. The diagram below shows a Universal Point-to-Point configuration.

In this configuration, the LET resides in the local exchange. The RST, which resides in a remote cabinet, in a rack, in a CEV, or on a subscriber’s premises, delivers an array of services.

Various transport media can carry traffic between the LET and RST, including repeatered or non-repeatered E1, HDSL, SSR, interterminal DS3, interterminal E3, and fiber.

Local Exchange Building

ToSwitchedNetwork

LETLocal

Switch

Groomed E1swith specials

ToInterofficeNetwork

RST

POTS

DID

POTS

ADSL

ISDN

PUBLIC

PUBLIC

E1, Fiber Optic

V5.1, V5.2, or analog intefaceto the CO Switch



Star Topology

Description The figure below shows a sample Star topology. The LET in this figure consists of multiple shelves:

The LET can connect directly to up to 32 RSTs in a Star topology.

Transport media from the LET to the RSTs can include fiber, E1, HDSL, SSR, STM1c, interterminal E3, and interterminal DS3.


V5.1, V5.2, or analog interfaces to the CO Switch

ToSwitchedNetwork

Local Switch



LET

RST

RST

RST

RST

RST

RST

POTS

POTS

POTS

POTS

POTS

ISDN

ADSL

ADSL

PUBLIC

PUBLIC

PUBLICFiber

Fiber

Fiber

E1

E1

HDSL E1



Drop-and-Insert Topology

Description The figure below shows a sample Drop-and-Insert topology. The LET in this figure consists of multiple shelves.

Up to 32 RSTs can cascade from the LET in a single drop-and-insert chain up to five transport spans deep. The AccessMAX system supports multiple transport media from one terminal to the next, including repeatered or non-repeatered E1, HDSL, SSR, interterminal DS3, interterminal E3, STM1c, and fiber.


V5.1, V5.2 or analog interfaces to the CO Switch

ToSwitchedNetwork LET

Local Switch



Fiber

Fiber

RST1 RST2

RST3

RST4

RST5

E1

E1

E1

POTS

ISDN

PUBLIC

ADSLPOTS



Tree Topology

Description The figure below shows a sample Tree topology.

Many telephone networks use Tree topology, a combination of Star and Drop-and-Insert. The AccessMAX system integrates seamlessly into Tree networks.

One of the RSTs in this figure uses repeatered E1 to an RST linked to the LET via fiber. This demonstrates the AccessMAX system’s adaptability for serving the requirements of a broad subscriber area. A single LET supports up to 32 RSTs, five transport spans deep. Transport options include repeatered or non-repeatered E1, HDSL, SSR, interterminal DS3, interterminal E3, STM1c, and fiber.


V5.1, V5.2 or analog interface to the CO Switch

ToSwitchedNetwork

LET

Local Switch



RST1

RST2

RST3

RST4

RST5

RST6

E1

E1

HDSL E1

SSR

Fiber

Fiber

ADSL

ADSL

ISDN

POTS

POTS

POTS

PUBLIC



Survivable Transport Topology

Description The figure below shows a sample Survivable Transport topology.

Survivable Transport is a system configuration method. This method enables multiple communication and call paths between terminals. Survivable Transport allows flexibility in the terminal numbering scheme and system survivability in the event of transport span failures.

With Survivable Transport, there may be more than one route for traffic. When a link is lost, the system chooses another path to handle calls and inter-terminal communications. Survivable Transport is supported in universal and V5.2 configurations. This topology consists of FO-XCVR and STM1c-XCVR spans.

Transport options include up to three fiber rings hosted from a LET with a copper spur (one deep) suspended from a ring. You may have up to five remote terminal nodes on the ring.


Analog, V5.1, or V5.2 interfaces to the CO Switch

ToSwitchedNetwork

LET

Local Switch



RST1 RST2

RST3RST4

E1

Fiber Fiber

RST5 RST6

RST7

RST8

RST9 RST10

RST11RST12

Fiber Fiber

Fiber

Fiber

Fiber

Fiber

Fiber Fiber

Fiber

Fiber

Fiber

Fiber



Co-Location

Description The figure below shows a sample application of co-location using the AccessMAX system.

The system is ideal for co-location because it delivers all the critical voice services, as well as ISDN, DDS, 2-wire and 4-wire specials, E1, HDSL, ADSL, and SHDSL in any combination, all from a single shelf. It then concentrates voice and data traffic, providing for efficient use of transport facilities.

The AccessMAX system is easily scalable, allowing telephone companies to “pay as you grow,” starting small and simply adding plug-in cards to respond to changing service demands.

AccessMAX

LECUniversal Switch

Fiber MUX E1

Universal

E1

Local Exchange BuildingCLEC Building

Fiber MUX

V5.1 or V5.2 Switch

Fiber

1

N



Integrated Interface Configurations

Section Overview


V5.1 The AccessMAX system supports the V5.1 integrated interface. V5.1 supports one E1 span per group. In V5.1 the E1 spans are not concentrated. Each span carries from one to three communication channels.

V5.1 service requires CPU-2 or higher at all AccessMAX terminals in the group. Each IDLP card supports up to 22 V5.1 groups.

The user can define up to 22 V5.1 groups per AccessMAX system.

For more information, see the V5 Integrated Interface Application Guide.

Topic Page Topology

Standard Integrated Interface Configuration: V5.1 13

Standard Integrated Interface Configuration: V5.2 14

Enhanced Integrated Interface Configuration 15



Section Overview, continued

V5.2 The AccessMAX system supports up to five V5.2 interface groups per LET. Provision from 1 to 16 E1s in each V5.2 group allowing for flexible concentration ratios. In a V5.2 interface group, multiple ISDN D-channels (16 kbps each) can concentrate onto a single E1 into the local exchange.

V5.2 services require a communication channel, which is a data link between the local exchange and the RST. The communication channel supports V5 related call control including concentration, timeslot allocation, line status, alarms, events, and provisioning.

A communication channel is a single, fixed timeslot on an E1 span. You can provision each V5.2 group with up to 32 communication channels. Timeslot 16 on the primary E1 and timeslot 16 on the secondary E1 are automatically designated as c-channels and comprise PG1 (protection group 1). You can provision one or two additional c-channels on both the primary and secondary E1 spans, and up to three c-channels on each other E1 of the V5.2 group, on timeslots 15, 16 or 31. All c-channels except timeslot 16 on the primary and secondary E1s are considered PG2 (protection group 2).

V5.2 service requires CPU-2 or CPU-3 plug-in cards in all terminals and an IDLP plug-in card in each LET (“master terminal”). AFC recommends placing the IDLP plug-in card in the primary shelf for optimal performance. The E1 plug-in cards that carry the communication channels must be in the same shelf.

For more information, see the V5 Integrated Interface Application Guide.



Standard Integrated Interface Configuration: V5.1

Description The AccessMAX system accommodates a direct V5.1 interface with the local exchange, eliminating the LET. The figure below shows this configuration.

Using the ETSI standard V5.1 interface, any RST can provide POTS and ISDN directly from a V5.1 compatible digital local exchange.

The AccessMAX system supports up to 22 V5.1 groups.

For more information on configuring and provisioning V5.1, see the AccessMAX V5 Integrated Interface Application Guide.


ToSwitchedNetwork

Local Switch

RST1

RST2

RST3

RST4

RST5

RST6

E1

E1

E1

E1

E1

HDSL

SSR

ADSL

ADSL

ISDN

POTS

PUBLICE1 Interfaces (V5.1)

to Switch

DID

PBX

ToData

Network

DID



Standard Integrated Interface Configuration: V5.2

Description The AccessMAX system accommodates a direct V5.2 interface with the local exchange, eliminating the LET from the central office. The figure below shows this configuration.

Configuration rules

The terminal that faces the local exchange in each system must be configured as an LET (or “master terminal”) with terminal number set to “0.” Each LET supports up to five V5.2 groups.

The following plug-in cards enable V5.2 service:

• IDLP: one in any slot of the primary shelf of the LET (or master terminal)– AFC recommends redundant IDLPs

– The redundant IDLP must be in the same shelf as the primary IDLP

• E1X-XCVR or E1-XCVR: two in the primary LET (or master terminal)– Transports communication channels

– The primary and secondary E1s must be in the primary shelf

– AFC recommends redundancy (two minimum; four for redundancy)


ToSwitchedNetwork

Local Switch

LETOne IDLP

Two E1 Transceivers

LETOne IDLP

Two E1 Transceivers

LETOne IDLP

Two E1 Transceivers

RST3

RST4

RST5

E1

E1

E1

E1

E1

E1

HDSL

SSR

ADSL

ADSL

ISDN

POTS

POTS

POTS

PUBLICE1 Interfaces V5.1/V5.2

to Switch

ToData

Network

ToData

Network



Enhanced Integrated Interface Configuration

Description The figure below shows a configuration with RSTs using a V5.1 or V5.2 interface while retaining the AccessMAX LET. This figure demonstrates how the LET grooms specials for the interoffice network, interfaces with fiber-fed RSTs, and aggregates POTS into fully utilized V5.1 or V5.2 interfaces for maximum efficiency.

This configuration also allows special digital and analog voice services to be provisioned from the RST.

See page 14 for V5.2 plug-in card requirements. For more information on configuring and provisioning V5.1 and V5.2, see the AccessMAX V5 Integrated Interface Application Guide.


ToSwitchedNetwork

Local Switch

RST1

RST2

RST3

RST4

RST5

RST6

T1

T1

HDSL

SSRFiber

Fiber

ADSL

ADSL

ISDN

PBX

POTS

DID

Public

Fully utilized E1 Interfaces (V5.1 or V5.2)

Groomed T1swith specials

LETOne IDLP




March 12, 2002 AFC AccessMAX System DescriptionRel 8.0EE Cabinets and Components

Cabinets and Components

Chapter Overview


Topic Page CabComp

Cabinets 3

Components 25

© 2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information.Rev 1 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC SD • CabComp • 1

AFC AccessMAX System Description March 12, 2002Cabinets and Components Rel 8.0EE

© 2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information.SD • CabComp • 2 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC Rev 1


Cabinets

Section Overview


Topic Page CabComp

Remote Subscriber Cabinet (RSC) Compliance 4

RSCI/48: 48-Line Indoor Cabinet 5

RSC/48: 48-Line Outdoor Cabinet 7

RSC/240D: 240-Line Outdoor Cabinet 12

RSC/360: 360-Line Outdoor Cabinet 16

RSCI/480: 480-Line Indoor Cabinet 19

RSC/672D: 672-Line Outdoor Cabinet 22



Remote Subscriber Cabinet (RSC) Compliance

Compliance information

AccessMAX outdoor and indoor RSCs meet applicable ANSI and ETSI requirements as shown below.

.

Outdoor Cabinet

Electrical Safety

EMI Telcordia 487

Telcordia 63

RSC/48 UL 1950EN 60950

FCC/CISPR/VCCIClass B

TBD Compliant

RSC/240D UL 1950EN 60950

FCC Part 15 Subpart B

Telcordia GR-487-CORE

Telecordia GR-1089-CORE

RSC/360D UL 1950/CSA-C22.2 No. 950EN 60950

FCC Part 15 TBD TBD

RSC/67D UL 1950/CSA-C22.2 No. 950EN 60950

FCC Part 15 Telcordia GR-487-CORE, Issue E

N/A

Indoor Cabinet

Electrical Safety

EMI Telcordia 487

Telcordia 63 CE MARK

RSCI/48 UL 1950 FCC Class A N/A Compliant TBD



RSCI/48: 48-Line Indoor Cabinet

Description The RSCI/48 (48-Line Indoor Remote Subscriber Cabinet) is an enclosure for indoor environments. Made of 1/8-inch powder-coated aluminum, it houses one 14-slot UMC1048 CBA. The RSCI/48 mounts on a wall or on a floor with leveling feet or casters. The cabinet supports one optional 75-position protector panel that uses 5-pin surge protectors.

The front door of the cabinet allows access to the UMC1048 CBA, an optional fiber-optic distribution panel, and optional protector panel. The rear door allows access to the AC junction box, the fiber splice tray, the T1/E1 connection panel, and rear access to the CBA and 120 Vac convenience outlets.

The RSCI/48 cabinet uses AC power. All RSCI/48 cabinets have AC surge protection devices.

Features The RSCI/48 has the following features:

• Environmental alarms

• Fiber handling

• Floor or wall mounting options



RSCI/48: 48-Line Indoor Cabinet, continued

RSCI/48 photograph

A photograph showing the front view of the RSCI/48 follows:

Cabinet options The RSCI/48 has the following options:

• Wall or floor (feet or casters) mounting

• Fiber distribution panel

• Fiber splice tray

• MS2 or 710 type connectors for subscriber lines

• Protector panel

• CBA with RJ21, wire-wrap, MS2, or 710 connectors



RSC/48: 48-Line Outdoor Cabinet

Description The 48-Line Remote Subscriber Cabinet (RSC/48) is an environmentally sealed, aluminum, powder-coated enclosure with a stainless steel base. It houses a single 14-slot UMC1048 CBA, for a total capacity of 48 subscriber lines.

The cabinet can be mounted on a pad, pole, H-frame, or wall; mounting holes on both sides of the cabinet provide added flexibility in the pole and wall mount options.

Sealed -48 volt battery strings provide a minimum of 8 hours of backup at 0.167 erlangs per line when optional batteries are installed.

The left-hinged front door provides easy access to equipment inside the cabinet. The RSC/48 includes protector blocks, cable termination area, fiber splice trays and storage, local AC junction box, AC service connection, as well as many other remote terminal necessities.

The RSC/48 accepts power from the NPSU, and uses the RJ-PSU plug-in card to power the CBA. The RSCJ/48 uses a dual shell heat exchanger to moderate internal temperatures. The cabinet is protected by field-changeable surge protection devices. Options include: external generator connection; bolt-on cross connect; solid state protector modules; and mounting brackets for various mounting configurations.The RSC/48 (48-Line Outdoor Remote Subscriber Cabinet) is an environmentally sealed, aluminum, powder-coated enclosure, equipped to house a single 14-slot UMC1048 CBA for a total capacity of 48 subscriber lines in a pad, pole, H-frame, or wall-mounted configuration. Sealed -48 Vdc battery strings provide a minimum of 8 hours of backup at 0.167 erlangs per line for the RSC/48 equipment when optional batteries are installed.

The cabinet has one door that allows access to the front of the 14-slot CBA, 5-pin protector panel, optional fiber distribution panel, optional fiber splice tray, DC power distribution, T1/E1 wire-wrap field, and MS2 or optional 710 connectors. It is equipped with a key lock and padlock tab. The RSC/48CC has a separate cross-connect compartment with an access door.



RSC/48: 48-Line Outdoor Cabinet, continued

Features The RSC/48 has the following features:


• Sealed equipment area

• Separate battery compartment

• Pad, pole, H-frame, or wall mounting options

• Small size for low profile

• Conforms to Telcordia GR-487-CORE and ETSI ETS 300 019-1-4 Class 4.1




RSC/48 photograph

A photograph of the RSC/48 follows:




RSC/48CC photograph

A photograph of the RSC/48CC cross-connect compartment follows:

Note: You can order an optional 22.86 cm (9-inch) watertight base for the RSC/48CC cabinet. This base opens from the outside using tamper-proof screws and contains sliding battery trays. The bases can stack for added height and/or added battery power.




Powering options

The RSC/48 accepts AC input power via an AC junction box. The AC junction box houses the main breaker, battery charger breaker, and convenience outlet. The NPSU plug-in card powers the cabinet equipment and charges the batteries, making a charger/rectifier unnecessary. The cabinet has field-changeable surge protection devices.

The RSC/48 can have an optional -48 Vdc battery string that provides eight hours of backup operation. The cabinet base contains a vented battery compartment that allows battery outgassing and is completely separate from the AccessMAX equipment compartment. Water that enters through the vents does not harm the batteries. The cabinet has an optional battery warmer for cold climates.

Cabinet options Options include:

• External generator connection

• Bolt-on cross connect with toolless punch-down blocks

• Solid state protectors

• Brackets for pole, wall, and H-frame mounting configurations

• Remote test head mounting

• Pour-in-place pad template

• Battery warmers




RSC/240D: 240-Line Outdoor Cabinet

Introduction The RSC/240D (240-line outdoor Remote Subscriber Cabinet D) outdoor cabinet is an environmentally controlled enclosure constructed of powder-coated aluminum. The RSC/240D cabinet contains two DMAX1120 CBAs, providing up to 240 subscriber lines for areas of highly concentrated DSL deployment. The cabinet accepts local AC power and uses DC-powered fans and an air-to-air heat exchanger to cool the equipment inside the cabinet. A 16-inch base supports the cabinet and contains two battery trays for housing customer-supplied batteries.

You can install the RSC/240D cabinet on a pad, wall, H-frame, or pole.

You can lock the cabinet doors with an AFC-supplied telecommunications standard hex L-key. The cabinet doors also have padlock hasps for added security.



RSC/240D: 240-Line Outdoor Cabinet, continued

Features Features of the RSC/240D cabinet include:

• Small size for low profile

• Environmental and door alarms

• Copper line protection

• 19-inch equipment rack mounting

• MS2 or 710 subscriber cable connectors

• High-lightning surge protection panels

• -48 Vdc powered cooling fans

• Integrated air-to-air heat exchanger

• N+1 redundant rectifier module powering

• 240 Vac power

• AC load center

– GFCI-protected AC convenience outlets

• 16-inch base containing a separate, vented battery compartment

– Accommodates customer-supplied Saft D214643 125 Ah Ni-Cd batteries (minimum 8 hours backup)

• 5/16-inch hex L-key latches on front, rear, and battery-compartment doors (pad-lockable for additional security)

• 7/16-inch can wrench latch on splice compartment door (pad-lockable for additional security)




Options Some common options for the RSC/240D include:

• 3C T1/E1 panel

• 4C T1/E1 protection panel

• External generator connector (60A)

• Fiber termination panel with splice tray (12-position, fusion splice,SC adaptors)

• High-capacity AC surge arrestor

• 5-pin gas tube protection modules

• MS2 or 710 subscriber interface connectors

• Fully integrated, 2:1 cross-connect blocks (RLS type)

• Battery warmers

• Additional rectifier plug-in module

• Mounting options

– Pad mount kit with pour-in-place template

– Wall and H-frame mount kit

– Pole mount kit

Custom options are also available; contact AFC Applications Engineering department for more information.




Cabinet front The front cabinet door provides access to the DMAX1120 CBAs, fan trays, protector panels, and battery disconnect panel.

The following figure shows the front of a typical RSC/240D:

Front view of cabinet

DMAX1120

Protectorpanel

Fan tray

Battery disconnectpanel

(2 places)

(2 places)

(2 places)



RSC/360: 360-Line Outdoor Cabinet

Description Install the RSC/360 (360-Line outdoor Remote Subscriber Cabinet) at remote sites that require low profile, front-access cabinets.

The RSC/360 cabinet contains two 48.26 cm (19-inch) rack bays. The cabinet includes dual front-hinged doors and side door cross-connect and AC power access. Wire-wrap CBAs and protector panels are also available.

Rugged construction protects internal components against harsh outdoor environments. The cabinet is constructed of 2 mm powder-coated aluminum.

• Supply as rectifier/charger

• Two 19-inch rack mounting bays

• CBA fans (one per DMAX1120FA)

• AC convenience outlet

• Three strings of batteries (eight hours backup)

• One to four cable entries

• Five rack units reserved for expansion




RSC/360 photograph

The following photograph shows the RSC/360 cabinet with the front and side doors open.




Options Options for the RSC/360 cabinet include the following:

• Pour-in-place pad mounting template

• Fiber or coax distribution panels (space for two)

• Enhanced thermal sensing support

• Spread Spectrum Radio system support

• Space for one ECI multiplexer

• Test head (one)

• Battery warmers

• Fiber splice trays (two)

• External generator connector 32 ampere IEC 309 pin and sleeve

• AC power meter (internally mounted)



RSCI/480: 480-Line Indoor Cabinet

Description The RSCI/480 (480-Line Indoor Remote Subscriber Cabinet) works at indoor sites where AccessMAX applications require up to five UMC1000 CBAs. Typically, the cabinet installs indoors in equipment rooms. The RSCI/480 uses AC input power and has an optional power cord.

The cabinet has front and rear doors for easy access to equipment and cables. It contains 42U (1 U=1.75 inches) of vertical 19 inch/23 inch rack mounting. Feet support the cabinet and provide for under cabinet cabling. Battery trays are inside the cabinet. The cabinet ships with card cages installed; plug-in cards ship separately.

The RSCI/480 has optional MS2, 710, or RJ21 connectors for subscriber cables. The connectors then mate with the cables in the cabinet. Wire-wrap CBAs are also an option.

Features The RSCI/480 has the following features:


• Adjustable leveling feet or light duty casters

• Top and bottom cable feed

• Locking enclosure to secure equipment

• Padlock hasp on door

• Battery backup (8 hours per Telcordia Standards)

• 19- or 23-inch rack mounting

• 220 Vac power




RSCI/480 photograph

The following photograph show the front of the RSCI/480.




Cabinet options The RSCI/480 has these options:

• MS2, 710, RJ21 or wire wrap CBA

• Levelling feet or casters

• Both 19-inch and 23-inch rack mounting


• Fiber splice tray

• Eight-hour battery backup

• Left or right door hinge



RSC/672D: 672-Line Outdoor Cabinet

Description The RSC/672D (672-Line Remote Subscriber Cabinet D) cabinet is an environmentally controlled enclosure constructed of powder-coated aluminum. The RSC/672D cabinet contains both 19-inch and 23-inch equipment racks, and can house up to eight DMAX1120 CBAs, providing up to 960 subscriber lines for areas of highly concentrated DSL deployment. The RSC/672D accepts local AC power and uses DC-powered fans and double-wall heat exchangers to cool the equipment inside the cabinet. A 16-inch base supports the cabinet and houses the battery trays.

Install the RSC/672D cabinet on a foundation pad. You can construct a concrete pad or use a pad made of fiberglass, plastic, or other non-combustible materials. If you are pouring a concrete pad, you can use the AFC-supplied pour-in-place template, or build your own template from plywood or metal.

The cabinet doors have padlock hasps for added security. You can also lock the cabinet with an AFC-supplied telecommunications standard hex L-key.

Features The major features of the RSC/672D cabinet are:

• Environmental and door alarms

• Copper line protection

• 19-inch and 23-inch equipment rack mounting

• MS2 or 710 subscriber cable connectors

• High-lightning surge protection panels

• -48 Vdc powered cooling fans

• Integrated air-to-air heat exchangers

• N+1 redundant rectifier module powering

• 220 Vac power

• AC load center (with service disconnect)

– GFCI-protected AC convenience outlets

• 16-inch base containing a separate vented battery compartment

– Accommodates Saft 125AH or Tyco 12IR125 batteries (customer-supplied)




Features, continued

• 5/16-inch hex L-key latches on front, rear, and battery-compartment doors (including padlock hasps for additional security)

• 7/16-inch can wrench latch on splice compartment door (including a padlock hasp for additional security)

RSC/672D photograph

The following photograph shows the front of the RSC/672D:




Options Some common options for the RSC/672D include:

• Configuration for up to eight DMAX1120 CBAs with protection panels

• Configuration for up to three battery trays

– Accommodate up to three customer-supplied battery strings (minimum 8 hours backup)

• Pad mount kit with pour-in-place template

• Fiber termination panel with splice tray (12-position, fusion splice, SC adaptors)

• External generator connector (100A)

• High-capacity AC surge arrestor

• 5-pin gas tube protection modules

• MS2 or 710 subscriber interface connectors

• Battery warmers

• Order wire jack (1U high; rack-mounted)

• Additional rectifier plug-in modules

• 4TEL test head RMU with cables

• 3M cross-connect modules

• 5/16-inch Hex L-key, telecom standard

Custom options are also available; contact AFC Applications Engineering for more information.



Components

Battery Types and Bases

Description The following table describes base configurations and battery types supported for each AccessMAX cabinet:

Cabinet Base configurations Battery types supported

RSCI/48(Indoor)

Not applicable Hawker SBS15, Alcad SLA25, AT&T IRC30

RSC/48(Outdoor)

(15.24 cm) 6 inch, (22.86 cm) 9 inch

Hawker SBS15, Hawker SBS 30, Alcad SLA25, AT&T IRC30

RSC/360(Outdoor)

(30.48 cm) 12 inch, (60.96 cm) 24 inch

Hawker SBS40 (37 Ah), Alcad 12SLA30 (30 Ah), AT&T IR40C (40 Ah)

RSC/672D (Outdoor)

Not applicable Saft D214648 (125Ah), Tyco 12IR(125 Ah)



CBA: Channel Bank Assembly

Description AFC offers two Universal Modular Carrier (UMC) Channel Bank Assembly (CBA) sizes:

• Full-sized UMC1000 for all LETs and for RSTs using the RSC/120 and larger cabinets; it has two CPU slots, two PSU slots, and 22 general purpose slots.

• Small-sized UMC1048 for RSC/48, RSC/48CC, and RSCI/48; it has two CPU slots, two PSU slots, and 10 general purpose slots. The UMC1048 CBA uses the same plug-in cards as other AccessMAX equipment.

The UMC CBAs consist of a pre-formed, cold-rolled steel, powder-coated card cage, metal rear covers, printed circuit board backplane, and mounting hardware. CBA kits contain all the hardware necessary to install the CBA, excluding cabling for voice, data, and power. You may wire-wrap directly to the CBA backplane. Use a custom wiring harness that is pre-wrapped to the backplane with RJ-21 connectors, or use a preconnectorized RJ21 backplane.

The UMC1000 is universal: the same CBA can function in both the LET and RST, and as a primary or expansion CBA. All UMC1000 CBAs fit flush in a 19-inch rack; assemblies for projected and/or 23-inch rack mounting are options.

The UMC CBAs also include an air ramp. In addition to facilitating the convection cooling of the system, the air ramp provides fiber management functions, an RS232-C Craft Interface connection, the order wire connection, and an Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) jack. Access the order wire interface via the order wire connection on the front of the UMC CBA, and from the alarm contact pin field (C2, D23).

Features The UMC CBA has the following features:

• UMC 1000: 22 general purpose, two CPU, and two PSU slots

• UMC 1048: to general purpose, two CPU, and two PSU slots

• Alarm contact closure wire-wrap posts

• System timing inputs

• Optional cable adapter kits for connector translation

• Optional -48 Vdc power filter

• Integrated fiber management tray



CBA: Channel Bank Assembly, continued

UMC card cage The full-sized UMC1000 card cage is a pre-formed metal shelf, 17.8 cm (7 inches) high by 48.3 cm (19 inches) wide by 25 cm (9.9 inches) deep, with 26 equipment plug-in slot guides. The rear cover attaches to the card cage to prevent accidental electrical shorts or mechanical damage to the backplane.

The UMC1048 is similar, with 14 plug-in card slots. Its dimensions are 17.8 cm (7 inches) high by 29.21 cm (11.5 inches) wide by 25 cm deep.

UMC backplane The UMC backplane is made of FR4 glass-fiber, 4 layers, 3 mm (0.12 inch) thick. The backplane has 1 mm square wire-wrap posts for VF and transceiver data terminations, screw-down power, and ground terminals.

Labeled items on the backplane include:

PSU-A/PSU-B Back side of mounting slots for PSU cards

CPU-A/CPU-B Back side of mounting slots for CPU cards

DC in A and B connectors for external DC power supply

AC in Connector for terminating bulk ring generator in LET installations

Fail Relay Activates major alarm when no CPU or power supply is detected

Alarm Contacts Wire-wrap posts used to connect various alarm and miscellaneous system functions

Maintenance Bus Provides metallic test connection for expansion shelves

Bank Selectors Used to set the shelf number for this CBA

Interface connection Six pairs of 1 mm square wire-wrap posts for each general purpose slot in the CBA. The function of each pair depends upon the function of the connected service interface card



CBA: Channel Bank Assembly, continued

UMC1000 backplane diagram

The following diagram shows the UMC1000 CBA backplane:

Note: The back side of the plug-in card slots is shown for illustration purposes only. User have no direct user access to the back side of the plug-in card slots.



DSL Multi-Service Access (DMAX) Channel Bank Assembly

Description The DSL Multi-Service Access (DMAX) CBA supports high-density xDSL service deployment. In addition, it supports all legacy AFC UMC system features and functions by using the complete AccessMAX family of plug-in cards. Plug-in cards using PowerMAX™ technology access the enhanced power and thermal features of the DMAX backplane to deliver high-density broadband services.

The DMAX CBA consists of a pre-formed cold rolled steel, yellow zinc chromate card cage, metal rear covers, printed circuit board backplane, and mounting hardware. CBA kits contain all the hardware necessary to install the DMAX, excluding cabling for voice, data, and power. You may choose to wire-wrap directly to the DMAX backplane, or use a custom wiring harness pre-wrapped to the backplane with connectors.

The DMAX1120 has 26 slots: two CPU slots, two PSU slots, and 22 general purpose slots. The DMAX1120 is universal: the same CBA functions in both the LET and RST, and as a primary or expansion shelf. All DMAX1120 CBAs fit flush in a 19-inch rack. Assemblies for projected and/or 23-inch rack mounting are available options.

The DMAX CBA has enhanced thermal properties and expanded vents to accommodate forced air convection. It includes an air ramp. In addition to facilitating the convection cooling of the system, the air ramp provides fiber management functions, an RS232-C Craft Interface connection, and an Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) jack. Access the order wire interface from the alarm contact field (C2, D2). An optional cover is available for Electro- Magnetic Interference (EMI) sensitive applications.



DSL Multiservice Access Channel Bank Assembly, continued

Features The DMAX CBA has the following features:

• DMAX 1120: 22 general purpose, 2 CPU, and 2 PSU slots

• DMAX 1048:


• System timing inputs using wire-wrap posts

• Optional cable adapter kits for connector translation

• Integrated fiber management tray

• On-board craft port with A/B switch for modem interface

• Power fan assembly

DMAX1120 card cage

The DMAX1120 card cage is a pre-formed metal shelf, 17.8 cm (7 inches) high by 48.3 cm (19 inches) wide by 25 cm (9.9 inches) deep, with 26 equipment slot guides. The rear cover attaches to the card cage to prevent accidental electrical shorts, mechanical damage to the backplane, and to insulate against EMI.




DMAX1120 backplane

The DMAX1120 backplane is made of FR4 glass-fiber, 8 layers, 0.125 inch (3 mm) thick. The backplane has either 1 mm square wire-wrap posts or RJ21 connections for VF and transceiver data terminations, and screw-down power and ground terminals.

Labeled items on the DMAX backplane include:

PSU-A/PSU-B Back side of mounting slots for PSU cards.

CPU-A/CPU-B Back side of mounting slots for CPU cards.

DC in A and B connectors for external DC power supply.

Barrier Strip Provides input for bulk ringing generator, frame, or 48Vdc (A&B).

Fail Relay Activates when the CPU or PSU is not present or operating.

Alarm Contacts Wire-wrap posts used to connect various alarm and miscellaneous system functions.

Maintenance Bus Provides metallic test connection for expansion shelves.

Bank Selectors Used to set the shelf number for this CBA.

Interface connection Six pairs of 1 mm square wire-wrap posts for each general purpose slot in the CBA, or RJ21. Typically for cabinet usage.




DMAX1120 backplane diagram

The following diagram shows the DMAX1120 backplane:

Note: The back side of the plug-in card slots is shown for illustration purposes only. There is no direct user access to the back side of the plug-in card slots.

BLK

RED

1

2

2

1

LG

ND

B N

+B

N-

A N

+A

N-

FG

ND

AU

X N

AU

X L

REAR VIEW WITH COVER REMOVED



DMAX1120FA: DSL Multi Service Access Platform

Description The DMAX1120FA (120-Line Front Access) DSL Multi Service Access Platform consists of a pre-formed, cold-rolled steel (zinc plated) card cage, hinged front panel, metal covers, and a printed circuit board backplane that allows front access. The DMAX1120FA also includes an air ramp to facilitate the convection cooling of the system and provide fiber routing clips for fiber maintenance. The same DMAX1120FA is used in both the LET and RST and can function as a primary or expansion card cage.

Note: The DMAX1120FA is compatible with all AFC plug-in cards.

Features The DMAX1120FA has the following features:

• Front access backplane in wire wrap or with D-sub connector

• Hinged front panel

• Additional power connection for fans in the DMAX1120FA

Dimensions The DMAX1120FA card cage consists of a pre-formed metal shelf, measuring 178 cm (7 inches) high, 444.5 cm (17.5 inches) wide and 304.8 cm (12 inches) deep. The rear cover attaches to the card cage to prevent accidental electrical shorts or mechanical damage to the backplane.

The DMAX1120FA backplane consists of multiple layers of FR4 glass fiber. The backplane measures 231.14 cm (9.1 inches) high, 430.53 cm (16.95 inches) wide and 3.18 cm (0.125 inches) thick. The backplane has 1 mm square wire-wrap posts for VF and transceiver terminations, screw-down power and ground terminals.



DMAX1120FA: DSL Multi Service Access Platform, continued

Front diagram The following diagram shows the DMAX1120FA assembly including the card cage and front access backplane.

Backplane panel

Several components are grouped together in a panel at the right side of the front access backplane. These items include the following (clockwise from top):

• Fail Relay - Activates a major alarm when no CPU or power supply is detected.

• MTU Cable Connectors - Provide metallic test connection for expansion shelves.

• Terminal Address Strap - Two, 1 mm square wire wrap posts (labeled CO and RT) which determine whether the DMAX1120FA is defined as terminal 1-7 (pins strapped) or terminal 8-15 (pins unstrapped) using the channel bank selector setting.

• Bank Selector - Used to set the shelf number for the CBA.

• Extra Bank Selector - Not used.

• Order Wire Interface - An interface jack which enables the user to communicate directly between terminals (two wire wrap posts are also provided above the jack).

• Logic Ground - M3.5 (6-32) screw terminal for logic grounding.


D-sub (25-pin) ConnectorInterface shown

D-sub powerConnectors (Combo-D) Craft Interface (DB-9)

Order WireInterface

RetainedHinge Pin

RetainedHinge Pin

ESD Jack

Retained ThumbScrew



DMAX1120FA: DSL Multi Service Access platform, continued

Backplane panel, continued

• Power Ground - M3.5 (6-32) screw terminal for power grounding.

• Frame Ground - M3.5 (6-32) screw terminal for chassis frame grounding.

• Craft Interface Connector - DB9 connector for access to the AccessMAX Craft Interface.

• DC in - A and B connectors (terminal blocks) for external DC power supply.

• Clock Termination - Connected when the DMAX1120FA is defined as the last piece of equipment connected to an external clock (clock termination point)



Equipment Maximization Systems

Overview AFC offers two equipment maximization systems to retrofit and upgrade stranded or exhausted third-party remote subscriber cabinets:

• EMAX includes the UMC1000 CBA

• EMAXplus includes the DMAX1120 CBA

Description EMAX and EMAXplus are cost-effective solutions for revitalizing stranded plant for a variety of existing third party cabinets using either 19-inch or 23-inch racks. They deliver route relief and outside plant renewal. EMAX and EMAXplus provide all of the features and functionality of AFC’s multiservice access platforms, enabling service providers to deliver voice, data, and broadband services from a single platform.

EMAX and EMAXplus are complete installation packages, and include all associated parts, cables, and mounting brackets. Both kits support the full range of transport and service options, including fiver, T1/E1, SSR, DFSL and traditional telephone services. EMAS and EMAXplus kits are available with or without protector blocks, power rectifier, and fan trays.

Features EMAX has the following features:

• 19 or 23-inch rack mounting options

• Supports Universal (TR57) and integrated V5.1 and V5.2

• 1.0 DSC cross-connect with highly flexible protection and concentration capabilities

• Integrated common control, power, and 22 general purpose slots

• Simultaneous internetworking of TDM, Frame Relay, ATM and SONET/SDH network architectures



FAA: Fuse and Alarm Assembly

Description The Fuse and Alarm Assembly (FAA) consists of an enclosure, wire-wrap termination field, fuse block, and mounting hardware.

The FAA connects the AccessMAX CBA to the exchange battery (-48 Vdc). The FAA’s standard GMT fuses (1 Amp, 3 Amp, 5 Amp, or 10 Amp) have a wire-wrap contact closure alarm across the fuse block to generate an exchange alarm (normally open).

The FAA supports a wire-wrap field for multiple AccessMAX alarm points. Alarm points can be wired from the AccessMAX equipment in the rack. LEDs on the FAA indicate system alarms.

The enclosure consists of a pre-formed steel, powder-coated mounting bracket, 7.5 cm (3 inches) high by 48.3 cm (19 inches) wide by 10.2 cm (4 inches) deep, that holds the power distribution fuses and wire-wrap field. The enclosure flush mounts or can project from the equipment rack, and includes adapters for installation in a 58.42 cm (23-inch) rack. The FAA rear cover prevents accidental electrical shorts on the exchange battery.

Features The FAA has the following features:

• LED system alarm display


• Fuse alarm outputs

• Optional -48 Vdc power filter

• Grounding bus bar



FAA: Fuse and Alarm Assembly, continued

FAA diagrams A front and a rear view of the FAA follow:

Front view

Rear view



Splice Tray

Options Each of the AccessMAX Remote Subscriber Cabinets have the following fiber splice tray options:

• Fusion splice: 12 positions

• Mechanical splice: 12 positions

• Heat-shrink splice: 12 positions



UPA: Universal Power Assembly

Description The UPA accepts and rectifies power for the AccessMAX equipment. The UPA consists of a pre-formed, cold-rolled steel, powder-coated card cage, metal rear covers, printed circuit board backplane, and mounting hardware. The UPA mounts in a19-inch (48.3 cm) rack and has adapters for 23-inch (58.42 cm) racks. It also mounts in remote terminals (except the RSC/48). The UPA takes 3U of rack space. Assembly dimensions are:

• 48.3 cm (19 inches) wide

• 13.2 cm (5.2 inches) high

• 34.5 cm (13.6 inches) deep

The UPA is a modular shelf with two identical halves. The two sides of the UPA contain a total of eight plug-in card slots; there is one additional slot on the far left for the optional controller card (P-CPU). Both sides of the UPA accept local AC power to charge the batteries and provide -48 Vdc to AccessMAX equipment.

See the AccessMAX Turn-Up, Test, and Maintenance manual UPA turn up information.

Power plug-in cards

The plug-in cards for the UPA are:

• Power Central Processing (P-CPU) unit

• AC Interface (P-ACI) unit

• AC Rectifier (P-ACR) unit

• Fuse and Distribution (P-FD) unit

For complete descriptions and specifications for these plug-in cards, see the “Plug-In Cards” section of this manual.



UPA: Universal Power Assembly, continued

Front panel A hinge-mounted front panel acts as a safety cover and displays alarm status indicators and test points for each module. Labels on each slot show which card(s) can occupy that slot. The slots are (front view, left to right):

– One controller slot (P-CPU)

• Side A

– One protection slot (P-FD)

– Two converter slots (P-ACR)

– One AC input slot (P-ACI)

• Side B

– One protection slot (P-FD)

– Two converter slots (P-ACR)

– One AC input slot (P-ACI)

Note: Only a qualified technician should open this panel.

The following image shows the UPA front panel:

P-CPU(OPTIONAL)

P-ACR(OPTIONAL)

P-ACR(OPTIONAL)

P-ACR P-ACRP-ACI P-ACIP-FD P-FD




March 12, 2002 AFC AccessMAX System DescriptionRel 8.0EE Plug-In Cards

Plug-In Cards

Chapter Overview


Topic Page Cards

ADSL 2+6™ Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line 3




ADU Asynchronous Data Unit 22

CDU Codirectional Data Unit 25

CPU-2 Central Processing Unit 28

CPU-3 Central Processing Unit 31

DDU Digital Data Unit 35

E1A Line Powering Asynchronous E1 Transceiver

42

E1AX Asynchronous E1 Transceiver 45

E1HD-XCVR (ADTRAN)

E1 HDSL Transceiver (ADTRAN) 48

E1HD-XCVR (PairGain)

E1 HDSL Transceiver (PairGain) 52

E1-XCVR Line Powering E1 Transceiver 55

E1X-XCVR E1 Transceiver 58

EBC Expansion Bank Control 64

EBC-3 Expansion Bank Control 67

ELU Expansion Link Unit 70

ELU-3 Extended Network Power Supply Unit 73

FO-XCVR Fiber-Optic Transceiver 76

FOB-XCVR Bi-Directional Fiber-Optic Transceiver 79

FOW-XCVR Medium Range Fiber-Optic Transceiver 82

IATO International Advanced Transmission Only 85

IDLP International Datalink Processor 88

IPMI Internet Protocol Management Interface 91Part 1 of 2

© 2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information.Rev 1 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC SD • Cards • 1

AFC AccessMAX System Description March 12, 2002Plug-In Cards Rel 8.0EE

ITO International Transmission Only 94

LI-APOTS Local Exchange International Advanced POTS

97

LI-BPOTS Local Exchange International POTS 101

LI-ISDN LET Integrated Subscriber Digital Network 105

LI-POTS Local Exchange International POTS 108

LI-VPOTS Local Exchange International POTS 111

L-PSU LET Power Supply Unit 114

L-UVG LET Universal Voice Grade 117

NPSU Network Power Supply Unit 127

P-ACI Power—AC Interface 131

P-ACR Power—AC Rectifier 134

P-CPU Power—Central Processing Unit 138

P-FD Power—Fuse and Distribution Unit 141

RI-BPOTS RST International POTS 148

RI-ISDN RST Integrated Subscriber Digital Network 152

RI-POTS Remote Subscriber International POTS 155

RI-VPOTS Remote Subscriber International POTS 159

R-PSU RST Power Supply Unit 163

R-UVG RST Universal Voice Grade 167

SDU Synchronous Data Unit 171

SHDSL Symmetric High Bit Rate Digital Subscriber Line

176

SSR-XCVR Spread Spectrum Radio Transceiver 180

STM1c-XCVR Synchronous Transport Module Uplink/Transport/Concentrator/Service card

184

STM1cu-XCVR Synchronous Transport Module Concentrator/Uplink Transceiver

189

Continued

Topic Page Cards

Part 2 of 2

© 2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information.SD • Cards • 2 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC Rev 1


ADSL 2+6™

ADSL 2+6 description

The Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line 2+6 (ADSL 2+6) plug-in card delivers high-speed data service over twisted copper pairs using industry- standard Discrete Multi-Tone (DMT) line coding technology. The ADSL 2+6 plug-in card supports full-rate ADSL in accordance with ITU-T G.992.1 and G.Lite ADSL protocols in accordance with ITU G.992.2.

The ADSL 2+6 plug-in card delivers over 8 Mbps downstream and up to 800 kbps upstream over unloaded twisted pairs. The ADSL 2+6 plug-in card has two ADSL data circuits, six POTS circuits, and two integrated band-splitters that couple the two ADSL data circuits to the first two of the six POTS circuits. The card supports both EdgeAccess ATM and Native ATM connections.

The ADSL 2+6 plug-in card has an Alcatel Microelectronics chipset and is compatible with Alcatel modems. The card is compatible with many other modem vendors using this chipset, including Efficient Networks, 3Com, and Cayman Systems, as well as most other modems using other ADSL chipsets.

The ADSL 2+6 plug-in card features backplane metallic A/B access for loop testing with the Metallic Test Unit (MTU) plug-in card. When installed in the remote terminal of a system, the ADSL plug-in card is compliant with G.992.1 or G.992.2-based modem/router; at the customer premise.

The ADSL 2+6 plug-in card uses more power per ADSL circuit than POTS plug-in cards. The maximum number of ADSL 2+6 plug-in cards supported by a single AccessMAX CBA depends on the total power consumption of the other plug-in cards within the CBA. Contact AFC Application Engineering for power management guidelines when deploying multiple ADSL 2+6 plug-in cards.



ADSL 2+6, continued

General features

The ADSL 2+6 plug-in card has the following features:

• Dual memory support for non-service affecting programming

• Backplane access to metallic A and B for metallic loop test support

ADSL features The ADSL 2+6 plug-in card has the following ADSL features:

• Supports both ANSI T1-413 full-rate, G.DMT full-rate and G.Lite ADSL

• Two ADSL circuits per plug-in card

• Supports both EdgeAccess ATM and Native ATM connections

• Compatible with a variety of industry-standard CPE

POTS features The ADSL 2+6 plug-in card has the following POTS features:

• Use in Universal or V5 interfaces

• Six 2-wire circuits per plug-in card

• On-hook transmission (CLASS) capability

• Forward disconnect

• 900 Ω local exchange impedance

• 1830 Ω maximum DC supervision range

• Transient protection for outdoor bridging

• Loop test support including MLT

• Support for CMWI (Call Message Waiting Indicator)



ADSL 2+6, continued

ADSL 2+6 faceplate

The ADSL 2+6 faceplate has the following LEDs:

ADSL 2+6 Item LED Color Function

FAIL Red • Plug-in card failure.

• Card is unable to communicate with the CPU.

Flashing red At least one POTS circuit is receiving illegal signalling.

BUSY Green At least one POTS circuit is active.

SYNC Green or Blue

At least one ADSL data circuit is enabled and trained up with the CPE.



ADSL 2+6, continued

ADSL 2+6 specifications

The ADSL 2+6 plug-in card specifications follow:

Compatibility Alcatel Microelectronics-based CPE or G.Lite compliant CPE

ADSL Signalling

Line coding ITU-T G.992.1 (G.DMT) orITU G.992.2 (G.Lite) ADSLANSI T1.413 (Full Rate)

Data rate Downstream: Rate adaptive up to 8 Mbps in 32-kbps stepsUpstream: Rate adaptive up to800 kbps in 32-kbps steps

Input impedance 900 Ω @ 200 Hz to 3.2 kHz100 Ω @ 30 kHz to 1.1 MHz

POTS Signalling

End-to-end signalling delay (normal and reverse)

< 50 msec

Pulse distortion (pw > 25 msec) < 15 msec

Ring trip detector (85 Vrms, 20 Hz) > 2000 ΩRing trip delay (85 Vrms, 20 Hz) < 40 msec

Maximum loop length incl. station 1830 Ω @ 20 mA

Loop current @ -52 Vdc battery 25 mA constant, 2 x 300 Ω feed

A/B (tip/ring) open circuit voltage:• Normal mode, -52 Vdc battery• On-hook transmission mode

> 41 Vdc> 41 Vdc

Off-hook detection threshold < 2.0 kΩOn-hook detection threshold > 9.0 kΩAudio

Companding A-Law

Nominal input impedance 600 ΩNominal loss (referenced to 2-wire 900 Ω)

2.0 dBm ± 0.5 dB off-hook, 3.0 dB on-hook

Maximum VF overload level 5.0 dBm @ 600 ΩReturn loss (single frequency) > 18 dB (300 Hz to 3.4 kHz)

Part 1 of 2



Audio, continued

Echo return loss > 13 dB (300 Hz to 500 Hz)> 18 dB (500 Hz to 2.5 kHz)> 14 dB (2.5 kHz to 3.4 kHz)

Environmental

Operating temperature -40°C to +65°C

Humidity (relative) 5% to 95% non-condensing

Average power consumption 10.0 W

Dimensions

Height 13.018 cm (5.125 inches)

Width 1.429 cm (0.563 inches)

Depth 26.67 cm (10.5 inches)

Weight 0.23 kg (0.5 pound)

Compliance TBD

Continued

Part 2 of 2



ADSL 4+6™


The Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line 4+6 (ADSL 4+6) plug-in card delivers high-speed data service over twisted copper pairs using industry-standard Discrete Multi-Tone (DMT) line coding technology. The ADSL 4+6 plug-in card supports full-rate ADSL in accordance with ITU G.992.1 (G.DMT) protocols, and G.Lite ADSL in accordance with ITU G.992.2.

The ADSL 4+6 plug-in card delivers over 8 Mbps downstream and up to 800 kbps upstream over unloaded twisted pairs. The ADSL 4+6 plug-in card has four ADSL data circuits, six POTS circuits, and four integrated band-splitters that couple the four ADSL data circuits to the first four of the six POTS circuits. The card supports both EdgeAccess ATM and Native ATM connections.

The ADSL 4+6 plug-in card uses the PowerMAX line-card powering and heat dissipation technologies available with the DMAX1120 allowing population of all 22 general purpose slots.

The ADSL 4+6 plug-in card is interoperable with a T1.413, G.992.1 or G.992.2 based modem/router at the customer premise. The ADSL 4+6 plug-in card is compatible with CPE from leading vendors, including Efficient Networks, Alcatel, Westell, and Cayman Systems.

The ADSL 4+6 plug-in card supports facility and equipment metallic test access relays with the Metallic Test Unit (MTU) plug-in card.

The ADSL 4+6 plug-in card uses more power per ADSL circuit than POTS plug-in cards. The maximum number of ADSL 4+6 plug-in cards supported by a single UMC1000 CBA depends on the total power consumption of the other plug-in cards within the UMC1000 CBA. Contact AFC Application Engineering for power management guidelines when deploying multiple ADSL 4+6 plug-in cards in a single UMC1000 CBA.



ADSL 4+6, continued

General features




• Uses the PowerMAX line-card powering and heat dissipation technologies available with the DMAX1120 CBA (CBA), allowing use of ADSL 4+6 plug-in cards in all 22 general purpose slots


• G.DMT, G.Lite ADSL, and ANSI T1.413 compliant

• Four ADSL circuits per plug-in card














ADSL 4+6, continued

ADSL 4+6 faceplate



FAIL Red • Plug-in card failure

• Card is unable to communicate with the CPU

Flashing red At least one POTS circuit is receiving illegal signalling

BUSY Green At least one POTS circuit is active

SYNC Green At least one ADSL data circuit is enabled and trained up with the CPE

FAIL

BUSY

SYNC

ADSL4+6



ADSL 4+6, continued



ADSL Signalling

Line coding ANSI T1.413, Issue 2, ITU G.992.1 (G.DMT), orITU G.992.2 (G.Lite) ADSL

Data rate Downstream: Rate adaptive up to 8 Mbps in 32-kbps stepsUpstream: Rate adaptive up to 800 kbps in 32-kbps steps


POTS Signalling


< 50 msec




Loop current @ -52 Vdc battery 25 mA constant, 2 × 300 Ω feed

Tip/ring open circuit voltage:• Normal mode, -52 Vdc battery• On-hook transmission mode

> 41 Vdc> 41 Vdc


Companding A-Law (over E1) or µ-Law (over T1)




Part 1 of 2




Environmental

Operating temperature -40°C to +65°C -40°F to +149°F


Maximum power consumption 20.0 W

Dimensions





Compliance TR-TSY-000057TR-TSY-000303

Continued

Part 2 of 2



ADSL 6+0™


The Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line 6+0 (ADSL 6+0) plug-in card delivers high-speed data service over twisted copper pairs using industry-standard Discrete Multi-Tone (DMT) line coding technology. The ADSL 6+0 plug-in card supports full-rate ADSL in accordance with ITU-T G.992.1 (G.DMT), ITU-T G.992.2 (G.Lite), and ANSI T1.413 ADSL protocols.

The ADSL 6+0 plug-in card delivers over 8 Mbps downstream and up to 800 kbps upstream over unloaded twisted pairs. The ADSL 6+0 plug-in card supports both EdgeAccess ATM and Native ATM connections.

The ADSL 6+0 plug-in card uses the PowerMAX line-card powering and heat dissipation technologies available with the DMAX1120 allowing population of all 22 general purpose slots.

The ADSL 6+0 plug-in card is interoperable with a G.992.1 or G.992.2-based modem/router at the customer premises. The ADSL 6+0 plug-in card is compatible with leading vendors, including Efficient Networks, 3Com, and Cayman Systems.

The ADSL 6+0 plug-in card uses more power per ADSL circuit than POTS plug-in cards. The maximum number of ADSL 6+0 plug-in cards supported by a single UMC1000 CBA depends on the total power consumption of the other plug-in cards within the UMC1000 CBA. Contact AFC Application Engineering for power management guidelines when deploying multiple ADSL 6+0 plug-in cards in a single UMC1000 CBA.



ADSL 6+0, continued

General features




• Uses the PowerMAX line-card powering and heat dissipation technologies available with the DMAX1120 CBA, allowing use of ADSL 6+0 plug-in cards in all 22 general purpose slots


• G.DMT, G.Lite ADSL, and ANSI T1.413 compliant


• Six ADSL circuits per plug-in card




ADSL 6+0, continued

ADSL 6+0 faceplate




• Unable to communicate with CPU

Flashing red Illegal signalling

BUSY Green Future use

SYNC Green or Blue

At least one ADSL data circuit is enabled and trained up with the CPE



ADSL 6+0, continued



Compatibility Alcatel Microelectronics-based CPE or G.Lite compliant CPE

ADSL Signalling

Line coding ITU-T G.992.1 (G.DMT) orITU-T G.992.2 (G.Lite) ADSL

Data rate Downstream: Rate adaptive up to 8 Mbps in 32-kbps stepsUpstream: Rate adaptive up to800 kbps in 32-kbps steps

Input impedance 100 Ω @ 30 kHz to 1.1 MHz

Environmental

Operating temperature -40°C to +65°C-40°F to +149°F



Dimensions





Compliance EN 300 386-2 for EMCEN 60950 for Safety



ADSL 6+6™


The Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line 6+6 (ADSL 6+6) plug-in card delivers high-speed data service over twisted copper pairs using industry-standard Discrete Multi-Tone (DMT) line coding technology. The ADSL 6+6 plug-in card supports the ITU G.992.2 (G.Lite) ADSL protocol.

The ADSL 6+6 plug-in card delivers up to 1.5 Mbps downstream and up to 512 kbps upstream over unloaded twisted pairs. The ADSL 6+6 plug-in card has six ADSL G.Lite data circuits, six POTS circuits, and six integrated band-splitters that couple the six ADSL data circuits to the six POTS circuits. The card supports both EdgeAccess ATM and Native ATM connections.

The ADSL 6+6 plug-in card has a Centillium chipset and is compatible with a variety of G.Lite-compliant and multimode CPE.

The card features backplane metallic A/B access for loop testing with the Metallic Test Unit (MTU) plug-in card. The ADSL 6+6 plug-in card uses more power per circuit than traditional POTS plug-in cards. The maximum number of ADSL 6+6 plug-in cards supported in a single UMC1000 CBA depends on the total power consumption of the other plug-in cards within the CBA. Contact AFC Application Engineering for power management guidelines when deploying multiple ADSL 6+6 plug-in cards.



ADSL 6+6, continued

General features

The ADSL 6+6 plug-in card has these features:


• Dual memory support for non-service affecting upgrade

ADSL features The ADSL 6+6 plug-in card has these ADSL features:

• Six ADSL circuits per plug-in card


• Uses a Centillium chipset

• Compatible with industry-standard G.Lite CPE


• Use in Universal or V5 interfaces











ADSL 6+6, continued

ADSL 6+6 faceplate



FAIL Red • Plug-in card failure.

• Card is unable to communicate with the CPU.

Flashing red At least one POTS circuit is receiving illegal signalling

BUSY Green At least one POTS circuit is active.

SYNC Green or Blue

At least one ADSL data circuit is enabled and trained up with the CPE.



ADSL 6+6, continued



ADSL Signalling

Line coding ITU G.992.1 (G.DMT) and ITU G.992.2 (G.Lite)

Data rate Downstream: Rate adaptive up to 8 Mbps in 32-kbps stepsUpstream: Rate adaptive up to 800 kbps in 32-kbps steps


POTS Signalling


< 50 msec




Loop current @ -52 Vdc battery 25 mA constant, 2 x 300 Ω feed

A/B (tip/ring) open circuit voltage:• Normal mode, -52 Vdc battery• On-hook transmission mode

> 41 Vdc> 41 Vdc


Companding A-Law




Part 1 of 2




Environmental




Dimensions






Continued

Part 2 of 2



ADU

ADU description

The Asynchronous Data Unit (ADU) plug-in card provides a low bit rate asynchronous interface to the AccessMAX equipment for point-to-point services. The ADU also provides alarm indication and rate provisioning from a remote site via the Craft Interface. The ADU plug-in card is installed in both the LET and RSTs. The ADU operates at 1200 bps, 2400 bps, 4800 bps, 9600 bps, 19,200 bps or 32,400 bps. It supports one or two data channels per unit using a CCITT V.24/V.28 electrical interface.

V.24 pinouts Refer to the following table for the V.24 pinouts:

Key: TXD = Transmit Data RTS = Request to SendRXD = Receive Data CTS = Clear to SendGND = Ground/Earth DSR = Data Set Ready

Table 4-1: ADU V.24 pinouts

DTE Signal Direction Wire Wrap Posts

Circuit 1

TXD1 B3

RXD1 B4

GND1 A6

RTS1 A5

CTS1 A3

DSR1 A4

Circuit 2

TXD2 B1

RXD2 B2

GND2 A2

RTS2 A1

CTS2 B5

DSR2 B6



ADU, continued

ADU features The ADU plug-in card has the following features:

• One or two multi-bit rate circuits per card

• V.24/V.28 electrical interface

• 1200 bps to 38.4 kbps asynchronous transmission

• Point-to-point asynchronous application

• LET or RST indoor applications

ADU faceplate The ADU card has the following faceplate elements:

ADU Item LED Color Function

FAIL Red Indicates a hardware failure

ACTV Green Plug-in card is active



ADU, continued

ADU specifications

The ADU plug-in card has the following specifications:

ADU

Data Handling

Data rate 1200 bps to 38.4 kbps

Distortion at maximum rate < 9%

End-to end data delay < 2 bits

Electrical Interfaces

CCITT V.24/V.28

Voltage Level 9 Vpk @ 100 ΩLogic Level (1) </= -3 Vpk

Logic Level (0) >/= +3 Vpk

Impedance (input) 100 ΩV.28 2 channels per card

Current loop ± 20 mA 5%

Environmental

Operating temperature 0°C to +65°C32°F to 149°F



Dimensions


Width 1.429 cm (0.563 inch)



Compliance CCITT V.24/V.28



CDU

CDU description

The Codirectional Data Unit (CDU) plug-in card provides an asynchronous interface to AccessMAX equipment for point-to-multipoint services. In addition, the CDU card provides alarm indication from a remote site via the Craft Interface. The CDU plug-in card is installed in both the LET and the RSTs. The CDU operates at 64 kbps and can support three data channels per card using a CDU (G.703) 4-wire interface.

CDU features The CDU plug-in card has the following features:

• Three circuits per card

• CDU (G.703) 4-wire interface

• LET and RST applications



CDU, continued

CDU faceplate The CDU plug-in card has the following faceplate elements:

CDU Item LED Color Function





CDU, continued

CDU specifications

The CDU plug-in card has the following specifications:

CDU

Data Handling

Data rate 64 kbps

Distortion at maximum rate < 9%

End-to end data delay < 2 bits


CDU G.703

Environmental

Operating temperature 0°C to 65°C32°F to 149°F



Dimensions





Compliance G.703



CPU-2

CPU-2 description

The Central Processing Unit (CPU-2) plug-in card controls the AccessMAX system and installs at the LET and RST nodes. It performs system initialization, provisioning, alarm reporting, maintenance, diagnostics, and fault detection. In addition, it performs timing source selection, synchronization to external timing sources, and provides a high-stability internal timing reference. The CPU-2 meets SDH minimum clock requirements for holdover and free-run accuracy.

The CPU-2 controls call processing for the AccessMAX system. It allocates timeslots for subscribers who have gone off-hook, cancels time slots for terminated calls, relays provisioning information to and from subscriber interfaces, and provides automatic concentration during span failures.

The CPU-2 contains the AccessMAX Craft Interface software. Connect to the menu-driven Craft Interface port with a simple terminal, such as a VT 100, to perform system administration, maintenance, testing, and provisioning. Access the Craft Interface through either the standard RS232-C port located on the air ramp portion of the CBA, through wire-wrap backplane pins, or through a LAN connection using the IPMI plug-in card.

Install a minimum of one CPU-2 at the LET and one at each RST. For redundancy, install an additional CPU-2 at each terminal.

CPU-2 features The CPU-2 plug-in card has the following features:

• Craft Interface software

• Alarm generation and prioritization

• System maintenance and administration

• Non-volatile provisioning data storage

• Diagnostics and fault localization

• Timing source selection and synchronization

• Order wire and buzzer


• EdgeAccess ATM support



CPU-2, continued

CPU-2 faceplate

The CPU-2 faceplate has the following elements:

CPU-2 Item LED Color Function

FAIL Red Plug-in card failure

ACTV/STBY Green Plug-in card is active

Amber Plug-in card is standby

SYNC Green or Blue

System timing is synchronized with external clock source

NE Yellow System is in Near End alarm condition

FE Yellow System is in Far End alarm condition

CRIT Red System is in critical alarm condition

MAJ Red System is in major alarm condition

MIN Yellow System is in minor alarm condition

ACO switch N/A Clears alarms when pressed

ACO Green State change indicates ACO activation



CPU-2, continued

CPU-2 specifications

The CPU-2 plug-in card specifications follow:

CPU

Microprocessor Motorola MPC 860

Program and provisioning data store Flash EPROM (8.192kbps)(This includes 3 provisioning databases @512 kbps each)

RAM store DRAM (16384 kbps)

Timing Generator

Clock sources selection • Slot selectable (any service slot)• External 64-kbps clock• External 2.048-MHz BITS clock

Note: Terminate external clocks using wire-wrap pins on the backplane. Apply terminating impedance by placing a 130 Ω resistor (min. 1/8 W) between pins C3 and D3 on the backplane.

Internal Clock

Initial accuracy ± 1 ppm @ 25°C (77°F)

Stability 16.384 MHz ± 2 ppm (10 years)

Environmental


Humidity (relative) 5 to 95% non-condensing


Typical power consumption 3.4 W

Dimensions





Compliance

Jitter tolerance T1E1 1.2/88-OMR, ANSI

Office composite clock TA-TSY-000378 Telcordia

Synchronization TA-NPL-000436 Telcordia



CPU-3

CPU-3 description

The Central Processing Unit 3 (CPU-3) plug-in card controls the AccessMAX system and installs at the LET and RST nodes. It provides access to the cell bus, enabling ATM end-to-end and supports both EdgeAccess ATM and Native ATM connections. The CPU-3 card performs system initialization, provisioning, alarm reporting, maintenance, diagnostics, and fault detection. In addition, it selects timing sources, synchronizes to external timing sources, and provides a high-stability internal timing reference. The CPU-3 card meets SDH minimum clock requirements for holdover and free-run accuracy.

The CPU-3 plug-in card hosts the system’s Connection Admission Control (CAC) function. CAC initiates, maintains, and tears down virtual channel connections provisioned by the user. The CPU-3 manages bandwidth and controls allocation of VPI/VCI resources.

The CPU-3 plug-in card controls call processing for the AccessMAX system. It allocates timeslots for subscribers who have gone off-hook, cancels time slots for terminated calls, relays provisioning information to and from subscriber interfaces, and provides automatic concentration during span failures.

The CPU-3 plug-in card contains the menu-driven AccessMAX Craft Interface software. Connect to the Craft Interface port with a simple terminal, such as a VT100, to perform system administration, maintenance, testing, and provisioning. Access the Craft Interface using the standard RS232-C port located on the air ramp portion of the CBA, through wire-wrap backplane pins, or through a LAN connection using the IPMI plug-in card.

Install a minimum of one CPU-3 plug-in card at the LET, and one at each RST when building out from the LET to deploy Native ATM. For redundancy, install an additional CPU-3 card at each terminal. For expansion shelves, the card supports ELU/EBC and ELU-3/EBC-3 spans simultaneously.



CPU-3, continued

CPU-3 features The CPU-3 plug-in card has the following features:

• Craft Interface software

• Alarm generation and prioritization

• System maintenance and administration

• Non-volatile provisioning data storage

• Diagnostics and fault localization

• Timing source selection and synchronization

• Order wire and buzzer





CPU-3, continued

CPU-3 faceplate

The CPU-3 faceplate has the following elements:

CPU-3 Item LED Color Function



Amber Plug-in card is standby

SYNC Green System timing is synchronized with external clock source

NE Yellow System is in Near End alarm condition

FE Yellow System is in Far End alarm condition

CRIT Red System is in critical alarm condition

MAJ Red System is in major alarm condition

MIN Yellow System is in minor alarm condition

ACO switch N/A Clears alarms when pressed

ACO Green State change indicates ACO activation

FAIL

ACTV

SYNC

NE

FE

CRIT

MAJ

ACO

CPU-3

STBY

MIN



CPU-3, continued

CPU-3 specifications

The CPU-3 plug-in card specifications follow:

CPU-3

Microprocessor Motorola MPC 860

Program and provisioning data store Flash EPROM (8 MB)

RAM store SDRAM (16 MB)

Timing Generator

Clock sources selection • Slot selectable (any service slot)• External 64-kbps clock• External 2.048-MHz BITS clock

Note: Terminate external clocks using wire-wrap pins on the backplane. Apply terminating impedance by placing a 130 Ω resistor (min. 1/8 W) between pins C3 and D3 on the backplane.

Internal Clock

Initial accuracy ± 1 ppm @ 25°C (77°F)

Stability 16.384 MHz ± 2 ppm (10 years)

Environmental



Maximum power consumption 15 W

Typical power consumption 10 W

Dimensions





Compliance

Jitter tolerance T1E1 1.2/88-OMR, ANSI

Office composite clock TA-TSY-000378 Telcordia

Synchronization TA-NPL-000436 Telcordia



DDU

DDU description

The Digital Data Unit (DDU) plug-in card extends the existing Diginet “Kilostream” links. It supports two separate Diginet channels of 71.1 kbps each by using four 64-kbps channels (two per circuit). One channel provides for the payload while the other channel provides data an internal communications channel.

Each DDU plug-in card occupies two AccessMAX slots. The DDU plug-in card at the LET receives the two-wire Diginet service from the Muldex/ENA and multiplexes the payload and overhead into two 64-kbps timeslots. The data is then transmitted across the AccessMAX transport to the RST. The far-end DDU plug-in card de-multiplexes the data and provides the restored Diginet service at the extended range. The process is duplicated in the upstream direction. Regenerators are not supported.

The DDU plug-in card provides digital signalling and wetting current for two Diginet NTUs (Remote) over two pairs of 0.4 mm twisted copper wires for a maximum signal transmission distance of 5.0 km per channel. A wetting current of 6.2 mA at -50 V is applied to the line terminals at the RST and terminated at the LET. On the AccessMAX backplane, the signal interface uses the standard TDM bus architecture and signal strengths. A 2.048 MHz external timing source reference from the CO is required.

DDU features The DDU plug-in card has the following features:

• Supports two Diginet channels of 71.1 kbps each

• Set loopbacks toward the facility or equipment

• Can be mapped between local and remote DDU

• Supported by any AccessMAX ETSI-based transceiver

• Provides digital signalling and wetting current for two Diginet NTUs (remote) over two pairs of 0.4 mm twisted copper wires

• Maximum signal transmission distance of 5.0 km per channel

• Maximum of 11 DDU plug-in cards can be used in any one AccessMAX CBA



DDU, continued

DDU faceplate The DDU faceplate has the following LEDs:

DDU Item LED Color Function


LED is off when the card passes self-diagnostic testing on the circuits

The LED flashes when card is in illegal signalling state


LED is off when there are no cross-connects

The LED flashes when atleast one DDU channel is in loopback mode

LOS Red Synchronization is lost on atleast one circuit. LED is off when both circuits are synchronized.

WCF Red Wetting current failure in at least one circuit.



DDU, continued

DDU specifications

The DDU plug-in card has the following specifications:

Data Handling 71.1 kbps per card2 circuits per plug-in card

Analog Parameters

Input impedance 75 Ω, coaxial

Environmental

Operating temperature 0°C to +70°C32°F to +158°F


Power consumption < 4.5 W peak(500 mA at +5 Vdc, 10 mA at -5 Vdc, 15 mA at -50 Vdc)

Dimensions





Compliance ITU K-20



E&M

E&M description

The E&M plug-in card is a special services channel unit. The E&M card supports one subscriber line circuit for E&M types II, III, and IV; it supports two subscriber line circuits configured for operation in E&M types I or V. The E&M plug-in card also supports DX signalling (switched or fixed bias). It can provide subscriber line circuits for Tandem modes I and II and PLR (Pulse Link Repeater) types I and II. In addition, the card may be used in a transmission-only mode. The E&M can provide either two- or four-wire service.

The E&M plug-in card has a fixed impedance of 600 ohms. Voice frequency gain is provisionable in 0.1 dB increments.

E&M features The E&M plug-in card has the following features:

• Provides one or two E&M circuits per card, depending on the type

• Provisionable transmit and receive gain

• Provisionable bias (switched or fixed—DX mode only)

• Software-provisionable E&M and PLR modes (2-wire or 4-wire)

• Software-provisionable Tandem and DX modes (4-wire only)



E&M, continued

E&M faceplate The E&M faceplate has the following LEDs:

E&M Item LED Color Function



BUSY Green Plug-in card is busy or being tested



E&M, continued

E&M specifications

The E&M plug-in card specifications follow:

Signalling

Signalling types • E&M type I, II, III, IV, V

• Tandem mode I and II

• PLR types I and II

• DX (fixed or switched bias)

Signalling delay 50 ms maximum

Wink distortion for any off wink > 50 ms

± 10 ms

On-hook interval distortion for intervals > 50 ms

± 22 ms

Maximum loop length (E&M, PLR, Tandem)

300 Ω

Maximum loop length (DX) 3500 Ω (including 1430 Ω for DX unit)

Pulse distortion < 3% at 12 pps (46% to 70% break)

Audio

Transmit gain adjustment (towards DLC)

-7.0 dB to +17.5 dB

Receive gain adjustment (from DLC) -16.0 dB to +8.5 dB

Line impedance (2 W and 4 W) 600 Ω2W return loss ERL > 18 dB

Longitudinal balance > 58 dB (400 Hz to 3.4 kHz)

Idle channel noise < 20 dBrnC

Max. cable length when attenuation distortion limit is -0.5 dB to +3.5 dB (300 Hz to 3 kHz)

2.133 km (7 kft.) of 24 AWG

Environmental

Operating temperature -40°C to +65°C-40°F to 149°F



Maximum power consumption 8.8 WPart 1 of 2



Dimensions





ComplianceTelcordia (Bellcore)

TR-TSY-000057TR-TSY-000303

Continued

Part 2 of 2



E1A

E1A description

The Asynchronous E1 Line Powering (E1A) plug-in card provides an asynchronous E1 interface operating at 2.048 Mbps. Use the E1A card in applications that require transport of intact E1 signals. The E1A card does not perform signalling conversion or datalink termination. The transceiver provides BPV alarming, performance monitoring statistics, and alarm history.

The E1A power feed system (60 mA constant current source at -130 Vdc) can power multiple span line repeaters in any of several power feed options. The number of repeaters is a function of the repeater voltage and wire gauge used between repeaters. The external power feed resistance of the E1A must not exceed a 2000 Ohms equivalent resistance for the network.

E1A features The E1A plug-in card has the following features:

• One asynchronous, line-powering E1 circuit per card

• Intact E1 transport

• Customer E1 service capability

• Extensive loopback diagnostics

• Front panel jack access for testing and monitoring



E1A continued

E1A faceplate The E1A faceplate has the following LEDs:

E1A Item LED Color Function

FAIL Red Hardware failure

ACTV Green The plug-in card is active

Flashing 120 times per minute indicates self-testing or provisioning

Flashing 60 times per minute indicates loopback test.

LOC Red LOS or high BER on incoming data

AIS Blue Reserved

E OUT jack N/A E1 test and monitoring access from equipment

F OUT jack N/A E1 test and monitoring access from facility

E IN jack N/A E1 test access toward the equipment

F IN jack N/A E1 test access toward the facility



E1A, continued

E1A specifications

The E1A plug-in card has the following specifications:

Signalling

Framing Unframed or framed

Line coding HDB3

Loopback modes Local, Remote

Analog Parameters

Equalization• Receive

• Transmit

Automatic line build out (38 dB attenuation)Fixed 3.0Vpk ± 0.3Vpk

Input impedance 120 ΩPowering

Output current 60 mA ± 2mA

Output voltage (open circuit) -130V± 5 V

Output noise < 10 m V pk-pk

Environmental




Dimensions





Compliance

Jitter CCITT G.703 I.431 draft

Cable Interface CCITT G.703



E1AX

E1AX description

The Asynchronous E1 Non-Line Powering (E1AX) plug-in card provides a cross-connect level interface operating at the E1 rate of 2.048 Mbps. Use the E1AX plug-in card in applications that require transport of intact E1 signals. The E1AX is also used to deliver intact E1 services to the G.703 signalling equipment. The transceiver provides BPV alarming, performance monitoring statistics, and alarm history. The maximum transmission distance is 199.7 meters (655 feet).

The E1AX card does not provide sealing current nor does it perform signalling conversion or datalink termination.

E1AX features The E1AX plug-in card has the following features:

• One non-line powering, asynchronous E1 circuit per card

• Intact E1 transport

• Customer E1 service capability


• Front panel jack access for testing and monitoring



E1AX, continued

E1AX faceplate The E1AX faceplate has the following LEDs:

E1AX Item LED Color Function


ACTV Green Plug-in-card is active

Flashing 120 times per minute indicates self-testing or provisioning

Flashing 60 times per minute indicates loopback test

LOC Red LOS or high BER on incoming data

AIS Blue E OUT jack

E OUT jack N/A E1 test and monitoring access from equipment

F OUT jack N/A E1 test and monitoring access from facility





E1AX, continued

E1AX specifications

The E1AX plug-in card has the following specifications:

Signalling

Framing Unframed, framed

Line coding HDB3


Analog Parameters


• Transmit

Automatic line build out (15 dB attenuation)Fixed 3.0 Vpk ± 0.3 Vpk

Input impedance 120 ΩEnvironmental




Dimensions





Compliance


Cable interface CCITT G.703



E1HD-XCVR (ADTRAN)

E1HD-XCVR description

The E1 HDSL Transceiver (E1HD-XCVR) plug-in card provides an E1 rate interface. It can transmit and receive up to 32 channels of voice or data from channel units in the CBA subscriber slots or from other E1 transceivers. Each E1HD-XCVR can transport a single E1 up to 3.7 km over non-repeatered 0.51 mm copper pairs. For a greater distance, the ADTRAN E1HD can power up to two ADTRAN HDSL range extenders (HREs) and one HDSL Termination Unit (HTU), providing up to 10.97 km of reach.

Note: The ADTRAN E1HD-XCVR card described here is not end-to-end interoperable with the PairGain E1HD-XCVR. “AD” is printed on the upper right side of the ADTRAN card. The ADTRAN card only supports Customer Premise Equipment (CPE) and HREs from ADTRAN.

The E1HD-XCVR performs signalling conversion and datalink termination. E1HD-XCVR can be configured in an unframed format to allow for intact (asynchronous) E1 transport to any subscriber using the ADTRAN HDSL remote unit. The transceiver has selectable alarm thresholds, BER calculation, performance monitoring statistics, and alarm history.

E1HD-XCVR features

The E1HD-XCVR (ADTRAN) plug-in card has the following features:

• Compatible with ADTRAN HDSL products

• HDSL ETR-152 compliant

• Up to 3.7 km non-repeatered E1 transmission on 0.51 mm copper facilities

• Line powering for up to two HREs plus one HTU

• Loopback diagnostics

• Customer intact E1 delivery capability




E1HD-XCVR (ADTRAN), continued

E1HD-XCVR faceplate

The E1HD-XCVR faceplate has the following LEDs and jacks:

E1HD-XCVR Item LED Color Function



LOC Multi-color Monitors the status of the HDSL span and indicates the unit is in Near End alarm.

Note: While card is out of sync, it always tries to synchronize.

REM Amber Alarm from the remote end of the span

EOUTF

EINF



E1HD-XCVR (ADTRAN), continued

E1HD-XCVR specifications

The E1HD-XCVR plug-in card has the following specifications:

Signalling Features

Frame format Per TA-NWT-1210 (binary, 6 millisecond, doubleloop, bi-directional channel)

BER < 10 -8 at maximum loop


Line coding 2B1Q

Transmission 2 pair full duplex

Loop Parameters

Transmit power +13.5 dBm (± 0.5 dBm)

Output impedance 135 ΩReturn loss > 20 dB (40 kHz to 200 kHz)

Compatibility

Regenerators• T200 E1• Encapsulated• Encapsulated

Housings• T400 NTU (4th Gen.) Circuit

Pack

• T400 NTU (4th or 5th Gen.)

Standalone Housing• T200 NTU (5th Gen.) Circuit

Pack

CPE• E1 Nx64 NTU

• ESU HDSL 120e

Part # 1245043L1Part # 1244043L3Part # 1245043L3

Part # 1244031L1

Part # 1242061L1

Part # 12450431L3

Part # 1245033L1Part # 1200421L1

Note: Compatibility information is accurate at publication. check ADTRAN product documentation.

Environmental


Part 1 of 2





Dimensions





Compliance ETR-152IEC 801-2Telcordia (Bellcore)1089 Class A-2FCC part 15 Class AIEC 801-2

Continued

Part 2 of 2



E1HD-XCVR (PairGain)

E1HD-XCVR description

The E1 HDSL Transceiver (E1HD-XCVR) plug-in card provides an E1 rate interface. It can transmit and receive up to 30 channels of voice or data from channel units in the CBA subscriber slots or from other E1 transceivers. Use the E1HD-XCVR in applications that require non-repeatered E1 spans. Each E1HD-XCVR can transport a single E1 up to 3.35 km over non-repeatered, unconditioned 0.51 mm copper wire pairs.

The E1HD-XCVR performs signalling conversion and datalink termination. Line coding is 2B1Q, with echo cancellation. The E1HD-XCVR uses two copper wire pairs to transport 30 channels. Half of the payload is carried by each pair. The E1HD-XCVR plug-in card does not use separate transmit and receive pairs—it uses two pairs that provide bidirectional transmission. The transceiver has selectable alarm thresholds, BER calculation, performance monitoring statistics and alarm history.

The E1HD-XCVR features E1 channel level test jacks (not HDSL jacks). These jacks can be used to see E1 signals using standard E1 test equipment. The Equipment In and Out jacks provide test access to the system backplane via the E1 framer. The Equipment In and Out jacks provide E1 access toward the line via the PairGain® HDSL converter module. The Facility and Equipment In jacks activate only when a signal is applied to the jack input. The Facility and Equipment Out jacks always provide a channel level output.

E1HD-XCVR features

The E1HD-XCVR (PairGain) plug-in card has the following features:

• Compatible with PairGain products

• One non-repeatered E1 2.048 Mbps HDSL interface

• Up to 3.35 km non-repeatered E1 transmission on 0.51 mm copper facilities

• Double frame, and CRC multiframe formats


• Front panel jack access for test and monitoring

• Customer intact E1 delivery capability



E1HD-XCVR (PairGain), continued

E1HD-XCVR faceplate

The E1HD-XCVR faceplate has the following LEDs and jacks:

E1HD-XCVR

Item LED Color Function



LOC Orange

Red

Link is under the margin threshold.Plug-in card is out of sync.

Note: While card is out of sync, it always tries to synchronize.

REM Amber Alarm from the remote end of the span

E OUT jack N/A E1 test and monitoring access from the equipment

F OUT jack N/A E1 test and monitoring access from the facility



Note: Facility and Equipment IN jacks activate only when a signal is applied to the jack input; a signal is only sourced from these jacks if a signal is actually present. Facility and Equipment OUT jacks always provide a DSX level output.

EOUTF

EINF



E1HD-XCVR (PairGain), continued

E1HD-XCVR specifications

The E1HD-XCVR plug-in card has the following specifications:

Signalling Features

Frame format Per TA-NWT- 1210 (binary, 6 millisecond, doubleloop, bi-directional channel)

BER < 10 -9 at maximum loop


Line coding 2B1Q

Transmission 2 pair full duplex

Loop Parameters

Transmit power +13.5 dBm (± 1dBm)

Output impedance 135 ΩReturn loss > 20 dB (40 kHz to 200 kHz)

Environmental




Dimensions





Compliance TA-NWT-1210



E1-XCVR

E1-XCVR description

The line-powering E1 Transceiver (E1-XCVR) plug-in card operates at the CCITT rate of 2.048 Mbps and provides an E1 cable interface. It can transmit and receive up to 30, 64-kbps channels of voice or data originating from either the channel units in the CBA subscriber slots, other CBA E1 transceivers, or a digital carrier line unit in a digital switch. Install the E1-XCVR in both the LET and RST.

The E1-XCVR card has an Automatic Line Build Out function on its transmit side and four discrete Line Build Out settings on its receive side. Provision these settings via the AccessMAX Craft Interface. The line coding is HDB3.

The E1-XCVR performs signalling conversion and datalink termination. The transceiver has selectable alarm thresholds, BER calculation, performance monitoring statistics, and alarm history. The E1-XCVR also provides loopbacks and sealing current.

The E1-XCVR has a power feed system (60 mA constant current) to power multiple span line repeaters in end-to-end, midspan, or span terminating (sink) powering configurations. The number of repeaters powered is a function of the repeater voltage and wire gauge used between repeaters. The external power feed resistance must not exceed a 2000Ω equivalent resistance for the network.

E1-XCVR features

The E1-XCVR plug-in card has the following features:

• One line-powering E1 interface per card

• Double frame, CRC multiframe formats


• Front panel jack access for test/maintenance



E1-XCVR, continued

E1-XCVR faceplate

The E1-XCVR faceplate has the following LEDs and jacks:

E1-XCVR Item LED Color Function


ACTV Green Plug-in-card is active

Flashes 120 times per minute when card is in self-test

Flashes 60 times per minute when card is in loopback

LOC Red Problem with incoming data

REM Amber Far End is not receiving data







E1-XCVR, continued

E1-XCVR specifications

The E1-XCVR plug-in card has the following specifications:

Signalling

Framing Doubleframe, CRC multiframe

Line coding HDB3

Error Checking CRC4, CRC6


Analog Parameters


• Transmit

• Automatic line build out (38 dB attenuation)

• Fixed 3.0 Vpk ± 0.4 Vpk

Input impedance 120 Ω twisted pair

Powering

Output current (short circuit) 60 mA ± 2 mA

Output voltage (open circuit) -130 V ± 5 V

Output noise (DC-20Mhz) < 10 m V pk-pk

External power feed resistance ≤ 2000 ΩEnvironmental




Dimensions





Compliance


Cable interface CCITT G.703



E1X-XCVR

E1X-XCVR description

The Non-Line Powering E1 Transceiver (E1X-XCVR) plug-in card operates at an E1 rate of 2.048 Mbps and provides an indoor E1 (G.703) level interface. It transmits and receives up to 30, 64-kbps channels of voice or data originating from the channel units in the CBA subscriber slots, other CBA E1 transceivers, or a digital carrier line unit in a digital switch.

Use the E1X-XCVR for applications requiring interface to multiplexers or other co-located equipment.The E1X-XCVR performs signalling conversion and datalink termination. You can also use the E1X-XCVR card as a service plug-in card to drop a single channelized E1 circuit to a G.703 equipment. The transceiver has selectable alarm thresholds, BER calculation, performance monitoring statistics, and alarm history.

E1X-XCVR features

The E1X-XCVR plug-in card has the following features:

• One CCITT/E1 2.048-Mbps interface per card

• Double frame, CRC multiframe formats

• Provisionable zero suppression


• Front panel jack access for test and monitoring

• Fractional E1 to customers or for dedicated services

• Provisionable as a ATM UNI interface to an ATM network



E1X-XCVR, continued

E1X-XCVR faceplate

The E1X-XCVR faceplate has the following LEDs and jacks:

E1X-XCVR Item LED Color Function


ACTV Green Datalink is present



LOC Red Problem with incoming data

REM Amber Far end is not receiving data







E1X-XCVR, continued

E1X-XCVR specifications

The E1X-XCVR plug-in card has the following specifications:

Signalling

Framing Doubleframe, CRC multiframe

Line coding HDB3

Signalling CAS

Loopback modes Equipment, Facility

Analog Parameters

Transmitter • Fixed 3.0 Vpk ± 0.3 Vpk• Automatic line build out

Receiver sensitivity - 43 dB

Input impedance 120 Ω twisted pair, 75 Ω with balun adapter

Environmental

Operating temperature -40°F to +149°F-40°C to +65°C



Dimensions

Height 5.125 inches (13.018 cm)

Width 0.563 inch (1.429 cm)

Depth 10.5 inches (26.67 cm)

Weight 0.5 pound (0.23 kg)

Compliance Jitter: CCITT G.703 I.413 draftCable interface: CCITT G.703



E3I-XCVR

E3I-XCVR description

The E3 Intact Transceiver (E3I-XCVR) plug-in card provides high-rate, point-to-point transport between AccessMAX terminals over E3-based transport facilities (microwave radio-based E3 and SDH). The E3I-XCVR also provides intra-building transport using existing 75 Ω coaxial cable runs (less than 138 meters). It also provides full, non-blocking, non-concentrated service for 480 subscribers.

Install the E3I-XCVR in any of the 22 general purpose slots of the AccessMAX CBA. This plug-in card supports a maximum of 34 Mbps.

E3I-XCVR features

The E3I-XCVR plug-in card has the following features:

• Transmission rate 34 Mbps

• Coaxial line build out of up to 137 meters

• Clear channel signalling

• Compatible with third-party E3 mux (SDH)

• Hot standby capability




E3I-XCVR, continued

E3I-XCVR faceplate

The E3I-XCVR plug-in card has the following LEDs:

E3I-XCVR Item LED Color Function





SYNC Blue Synchronized with a counterpart E3I-XCVR card

LOS Red Loss of signal. Traffic is automatically switched to a redundant transceiver, if present



E3I-XCVR, continued

E3I-XCVR specifications

The E3I-XCVR plug-in card has the following specifications:

Signalling

Framing C-bit parity

Line coding HDB3

Line build out < 137 m

Loopback modes Line, Payload

Analog Parameters

Input impedance 75 Ω, coaxial

Environmental




Dimensions







EBC

EBC description

The Expansion Bank Control (EBC) plug-in card provides the microprocessor-based control for each expansion shelf (CBA) in an AccessMAX terminal. It provides the interface to the system for each of the plug-in cards in the expansion shelf via a fiber-optic connection to the primary shelf-based Expansion Link Unit plug-in card (see “ELU” on page 70). The EBC distributes system commands and monitors the performance of each card. The EBC card(s) resides in the CPU slot(s) in the expansion shelf. Use two EBCs in the expansion shelf for redundancy.

The fiber connection between the ELU and the EBC operates at 49.152 Mbps to ensure full, non-blocking access to the transmission facility for all narrow and wideband services used in the expansion CBA.

EBC features The EBC plug-in card has the following features:

• Allows simple system expansion

• Resides in each expansion shelf

• Interfaces to the ELU in the primary shelf

• Shelf control for expansion shelves

• Generates status updates to the CPU via the ELU

• CRC protection on the expansion link

• Receives timing from the primary shelf



EBC, continued

EBC faceplate The EBC faceplate has the following LEDs:

EBC Item LED Color Function


ACTV Green Plug-in card is active and can carry traffic

Flashing Green

Indicates loss of optical input

SYNC Blue or green

Counterpart ELU plug-in card and datalink are present



EBC, continued

EBC specifications

The EBC plug-in card has the following specifications:

Interface Specification

Transmission rate 49.152 Mbps

Transmitter LED

Receiver PIN Photodiode

Coding NRZI

Fiber type Multimode plastic

Connector type HP “Versa-link”

Environmental




Dimensions







EBC-3

EBC-3 description

The Expansion Bank Control 3 (EBC-3) plug-in card provides the microprocessor-based control for each broadband expansion shelf (CBA) in an AccessMAX terminal. An expansion shelf ATM bus is active and broadband-ready when the shelf contains an EBC-3 that connects to an ELU-3 card in the primary shelf. The EBC-3 plug-in card carries TDM and ATM data on separate multimode plastic fiber pairs.

The EBC-3 plug-in card resides in a CPU slot in the expansion shelf. It provides the interface to the system for each of the plug-in cards in the expansion shelf via fiber-optic connections to the primary shelf-based Expansion Link Unit plug-in card (see “ELU-3” on page 73). The card accesses the ATM backplane, distributes system commands, and monitors the performance of each card. Use two EBC-3s in the expansion shelf for redundancy.

The fiber connection carrying ATM traffic between the ELU-3 card and the EBC-3 card operates at 155 Mbps to ensure full, non-blocking access to the transmission facility regardless of the types of plug-in cards used in the expansion shelf.

EBC-3 features The EBC-3 plug-in card has the following features:


• Supports transport of traffic from the ATM and TDM buses

• Enables broadband services in the expansion shelf

• Interfaces to the ELU-3 plug-in card in the primary shelf

• Shelf control for expansion shelves

• Generates status updates to the CPU via the ELU plug-in card

• CRC protection on the expansion link


• Receives DDS timing from the primary shelf



EBC-3, continued

EBC-3 faceplate

The EBC-3 faceplate has the following LEDs:

EBC-3 Item LED Color Function


Plug-in card is unable to communicate with the ELU


SYNC Green Counterpart ELU-3 plug-in card and datalink are present

Plug-in card is receiving a framed signal on the TDM and ATM fiber pairs

Sub-data link communications established in both directions

FAIL

ACTV

SYNC

EBC-3



EBC-3, continued

EBC-3 specifications

The EBC-3 plug-in card specifications follow:



Transmitter LED


Coding NRZI

Fiber type Multimode plastic (two fiber pairs)


Environmental




Dimensions

Height 5.125 inches (13.018 cm)

Width 0.563 inch (1.429 cm)

Depth 10.5 inches (26.67 cm)

Weight 0.5 pound (0.23 kg)



ELU

ELU description

The Expansion Link Unit (ELU) plug-in card provides the system connection from the primary shelf to each of the expansion shelves in an AccessMAX terminal. One (two for redundancy) ELU is dedicated to each expansion shelf and provides the fiber-optic connection to the Expansion Bank Control plug-in card (see “EBC” on page 64) located in the expansion shelf. The ELU transmits system commands from the CPU to its dedicated expansion shelf. It also receives information from the EBC plug-in card and relays it to the CPU. The ELU may reside in any of the 22 general purpose slots in the primary shelf.

The connection between the ELU and the EBC operates at 49.152 Mbps to ensure full non-blocking access to the transmission facility for all narrow and wideband services used in the expansion CBA.

ELU features The ELU plug-in card has the following features:


• Resides in the primary shelf

• Microprocessor controlled

• Communications gateway between the CPU and the expansion shelves

• Non-blocking inter-shelf connection

• Provides composite clock P-Bits and N-Bits to the expansion shelf for timing in the expansion shelf



ELU, continued

ELU faceplate The ELU faceplate has the following LEDs:

ELU Item LED Color Function



SYNC Blue Counterpart EBC plug-in card and datalink are present



ELU, continued

ELU specifications

The ELU plug-in card specifications follow:



Transmitter LED


Coding NRZI

Fiber type Multimode plastic


Environmental




Dimensions







ELU-3

ELU-3 description

The Expansion Link Unit 3 (ELU-3) plug-in card provides the system connection from a broadband primary shelf to each of the expansion shelves in an AccessMAX terminal. An expansion shelf ATM bus is active and broadband-ready when the shelf contains an EBC-3, and connects to an ELU-3 card. Use the ELU-3 card when a CPU-3 card is present in the primary shelf, and ATM transport is present to the expansion shelf. The ELU-3 plug-in card carries TDM and ATM data on separate multimode plastic fiber pairs.

The ELU-3 plug-in card may reside in any of the 22 general purpose slots in the primary shelf. Each primary shelf supports the ability to interconnect a maximum of seven secondary shelves using ELU-3 plug-in cards. One ELU-3 card is dedicated to each expansion shelf and provides the fiber-optic connections to an Expansion Bank Control 3 plug-in card (“EBC-3” on page 67) located on an expansion shelf. The ELU-3 card accesses the ATM backplane, and transmits system commands from the CPU-3 to a dedicated expansion shelf. It also receives information from the EBC-3 plug-in card and relays it to the CPU-3. Use two ELU-3 cards in the expansion shelf for redundancy.

The ATM connection between the ELU-3 card and the EBC-3 card operates at 155 Mbps to ensure full non-blocking access to the transmission facility regardless of the types of plug-in cards used in the expansion shelf.

ELU-3 features The ELU-3 plug-in card has the following features:


• Supports transport of traffic from the ATM and TDM buses

• Microprocessor controlled

• Communications gateway between the CPU-3 and the expansion shelves

• Non-blocking inter-shelf connection


• Provides composite clock P-Bits and N-Bits to the expansion shelf for DDS timing in the expansion shelf



ELU-3, continued

ELU-3 faceplate The ELU-3 faceplate has the following LEDs:

ELU-3 Item LED Color Function


Plug-in card is unable to communicate with the CPU


SYNC Green Counterpart EBC-3 plug-in card and datalink are present

Plug-in card is receiving a framed signal on the TDM and ATM fiber pairs

Sub-data link communications established in both directions

FAIL

ACTV

SYNC

ELU-3



ELU-3, continued

ELU-3 specifications

The ELU-3 plug-in card specifications follow:


Transmission rate 155.52 Mbps + 49.152 Mbps

Transmitter LED


Coding NRZI

Fiber type Multimode plastic (two fiber pairs)


Environmental




Dimensions


Width 1.429 cm (0.563 inch)\





FO-XCVR

FO-XCVR description

The Fiber-Optic Transceiver (FO-XCVR) plug-in card interfaces to a single-mode fiber span. It transmits and receives the voice or data originating from the channel units in the subscriber slots of the LET and RST. The FO-XCVR operates at 49.152 Mbps. The plug-in contains the transmitter and receiver on a single card, each connecting to a fiber-optic cable.

The FO-XCVR uses a PIN receiver and a single-mode laser operating at 1310 nm. A link loss budget of 25 dB is possible. Single-mode SC or FC/PC connectors are available. Compact surface-mount technology improves operating reliability.

FO-XCVR features

The FO-XCVR plug-in card has the following features:

• Span of up to 56 km

• 1310 nm single-mode laser

• PIN receiver (-34 dBm sensitivity)

• Temperature/age compensated

• Microprocessor-controlled and -monitored

• Link performance monitoring



FO-XCVR, continued

FO-XCVR faceplate

The FO-XCVR faceplate has the following LEDs:

FO-XCVR Item LED Color Function



SYNC Green or Blue

Datalink is present with counterpart FO-XCVR plug-in card

LOS Red FO-XCVR is not receiving signal from the far end. Traffic is automatically switched to redundant fiber transceiver, if present.



FO-XCVR, continued

FO-XCVR specifications

The FO-XCVR plug-in card has the following specifications:

Signaling

Line coding NRZI, scrambled

Line rate 49.152 Mbps

Transmit Levels

Laser 1310 nm (single mode)-7 dBm ± 1.5 dB

Receiver Sensitivity

Minimum saturation level 1310 nm -5.5 dBm

Maximum sensitivity 1310 nm -34 dBm

Maximum link loss budget 25.5 dB

Environmental



Maximum power consumption 5.7 W (FO-XCVR)4.66 W (FO-XCVR sc)

Dimensions





Compliance TR-TSY-000326TA-NWT-000909



FOB-XCVR

FOB-XCVR description

The Bi-Directional Fiber-Optic Transceiver (FOB-XCVR) plug-in card interfaces to a single fiber span at a 49.152 Mbps line rate. The card contains a transmitter, a pin receiver, and a single-mode laser operating at 1310 nm. AFC suggests a link loss budget of 17 dB for design constraints. Single-mode FC/PC connectors are standard (SC connectors are also available).

A single FOB-XCVR provides full, non-blocking, non-concentrated service for 672 subscribers and requires one fiber-optic cable span. An optional second FOB-XCVR provides span redundancy over one additional fiber-optic span.

FOB-XCVR features

The FOB-XCVR plug-in card has the following features:

• Span of up to 40 km

• Transmits and receives over a single fiber-optic cable





• Link performance monitoring



FOB-XCVR, continued

FOB-XCVR faceplate

The FOB-XCVR faceplate has the following LEDs:

FOB-XCVR Item LED Color Function



SYNC Blue or green

Datalink is present with counterpart FOB-XCVR plug-in card

LOS Red FOB-XCVR is not receiving signal from far end. Traffic is automatically switched to redundant fiber transceiver, if present.



FOB-XCVR, continued

FOB-XCVR specifications

The FOB-XCVR plug-in card specifications follow:

Signaling



Transmit Levels



Minimum saturation level 1310 nm -3 dBm


Maximum link loss budget 17 dB

Environmental



Maximum power consumption 5.7 W (FOB-XCVR)5.7 W (FOB-XCVR sc)

Dimensions








FOW-XCVR

FOW-XCVR description

The Wave Division Multiplexing (WDM) Fiber-Optic Transceiver (FOW-XCVR) plug-in card interfaces to a single-mode fiber span. It transmits and receives the voice or data originating from the plug-in cards in the subscriber slots of the LET and RST, as well as E1 metallic transceiver data. The FOW-XCVR card operates at a 49.152 Mbps rate and contains the transmitter and receiver on a single card, each connecting to a fiber-optic cable.

The FOW-XCVR card works with the FO-XCVR card in conjunction with WDM fiber couplers. When used with a WDM coupler, a single fiber provides the transmit and receive paths, which is ideal for fiber conservation.

The FOW-XCVR plug-in card uses a PIN receiver and a single-mode laser operating at 1550nm. Single-mode SC or FC/PC connectors are available. Surface mount technology improves operating reliability.

FOW-XCVR features

The FOW-XCVR plug-in card has the following features:

• Span of up to 45 miles (72.5 km)

• Receive and transmit over a single fiber using a WDM coupler







FOW-XCVR, continued

FOW-XCVR faceplate

The FOW-XCVR faceplate has the following LEDs:

FOW-XCVR Item LED Color Function



SYNC Blue or green

Datalink is present with counterpart FOW-XCVR plug-in card



FOW-XCVR, continued

FOW-XCVR specifications

The FOW-XCVR plug-in card specifications follow:

Signaling



Transmit Levels



Minimum saturation level 1310/1550 nm -5.5 dBm

Maximum sensitivity 1310/1550 nm -34 dBm

Maximum link loss budget 25.5 dB

Environmental




Dimensions





Compliance TR-TSY-000326



IATO

IATO description

The International Advanced Transmission Only (IATO) plug-in card provides 2-wire or 4-wire circuits for analog voice transmission. In the 2-wire mode the IATO provides up to six circuits for analog voice transmission, and up to three circuits in the 4-wire mode. The 2-wire and the 4-wire configuration modes are software provisionable.

The IATO is designed for indoor or outdoor applications requiring analog, non-switched, voice or data transmission. You can also use the IATO plug-in card as an interface to analog copper facilities. Install the IATO in either the LET or the RST. The IATO provides sealing current and adjustable gain.

IATO features The IATO plug-in card has the following features:

• Up to three, 4-wire circuits or six, 2-wire circuits per card

• Gain adjustment

• Sealing current

• Flexible input impedance provisionable at 150, 300, 600, or 1200 Ω



IATO, continued

IATO faceplate The IATO faceplate has the following LEDs:

IATO Item LED Color Function





IATO, continued

IATO specifications

The IATO plug-in card has the following specifications:

Signalling

Maximum loop length excluding station

2500 Ω ( 4-wire)2000 Ω ( 2-wire)

Loop feeding 23 mA

Loop terminating 200 ΩAudio

Companding A-law

VF input impedance (selectable) 150 Ω, 300 Ω, 600 Ω, 1150 ΩNominal net loss (referenced 2-wire 600/900)

0 dB ± 0.4 dB

Maximum VF overload level 12 dBm

Frequency response (single ended) 300 Hz-3.4 kHz + 0.4, -0.5 dBm

Longitudinal balance 400 Hz-3.4 khz>70 dB

2-wire return loss (600 Ω on 2-wire, no RST)

> 20 dB


> 28 dB

Environmental

Operating Temperature -40°C to +65°C-40°F to +149°F



Dimensions







IDLP

IDLP description

The International Datalink Processor (IDLP) plug-in card controls bearer channel allocation, signaling for V5 calls, V5 interface, V5 ports, E1 links, and c-channel termination. For V5 ISDN, the IDLP plug-in card controls statistical multiplexing of ISDN D-channels across V5 interface c-channels.

The IDLP plug-in card supports up to 22 V5.1 interface groups and as many as five V5.2 interface groups with up to 16 E1s per V5.2 interface group. In a V5 interface, both PSTN and ISDN signaling are transmitted over one or more communication channels.

Install the IDLP plug-in card in the primary shelf of the LET. Only one IDLP card is required for a V5 configuration; AFC recommends a second IDLP card for redundancy.

IDLP features The IDLP plug-in card has the following features:

• Supports V5 protocol

• Supports up to 22 V5.1 interface groups of non-concentrated service

• Supports up to 5 V5.2 interface groups of concentrated service

• Supports 1–16 E1s for each V5.2 interface group

• V5.1 supports POTS, APOTS (Pulse Metering), and BRA ISDN

• V5.2 supports POTS, APOTS (Pulse Metering), BRA ISDN, and PRA ISDN




IDLP, continued

IDLP faceplate The IDLP faceplate has the following LEDs:

IDLP Item LED Color Function

FAIL Solid red Plug-in card failure


Amber Plug-in card is in standby mode

ALARM Amber V5 alarm in system



IDLP, continued

IDLP specifications

The IDLP plug-in card has the following specifications:

Digital Data Ports

Ethernet 10 Base T

Environmental



Average power consumption 3.0W


Dimensions







IPMI

IPMI description

The Internet Protocol Management Interface (IPMI) plug-in card enables the AccessManager™, AFC’s Element Management System (EMS) for the AccessMAX system, and provides secure, remote access to the AccessMAX Craft Interface via Telnet. AccessManager is a Graphical User Interface (GUI) that enables centralized management of multiple AccessMAX systems.

The IPMI plug-in card provides the physical 10Base-T interface used to connect to a LAN/WAN via a hardwired connection on the backplane. The card hosts a number of applications, such as Telnet and a Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) agent. Provision the IPMI’s IP and TCP port address via the Craft Interface.

Access Manager supports Fault, Configuration, Performance, and Security (FCAPS) management for the AccessMAX system via a Telnet connection to the Craft Interface. Telnet allows a connection over IP between the user’s computer system and the AccessMAX. It is essentially a pipe that enables use of all Craft Interface commands and functions from anywhere on an IP network.

SNMP is an application layer protocol utilizing the standard Management Information Base (MIB II) as well as an AccessMAX enterprise MIB. The SNMP in conjunction with the MIBs enables AccessMAX communications with AccessManager and support for the FCAPS.

IPMI features The IPMI plug-in card has the following features:

• Ability to host an SNMP agent

• Provides Telnet connection to AccessMAX Craft Interface

• Enables AccessManager, AFC’s Element Management System (NMS)

• Conforms to MIB II standards




IPMI, continued

IPMI faceplate The IPMI faceplate has the following LEDs:

IPMI Item LED Color Function

FAIL Red Plug-in card failure or problem communicating with CPU

ACTV Green Card is communicating properly with CPU

SYNC Blue or green

Telnet session is active

ENET Green Plug-in card is correctly connected to the network (Ethernet)



IPMI, continued

IPMI specifications

The IPMI plug-in card has the following specifications:

Interface

Ethernet 10BASE-T

Environmental

Operating temperature 0°C to +65°C32°F to +149°F



Dimensions





Compliance

10BASE-T IEEE 802.3



ITO

ITO description The International Transmission Only (ITO) plug-in card provides non-switched, analog, and data services. The ITO has 4-wire circuits and supports up to three DS0 circuits. Install the ITO plug-in card in either the LET or the RSTs.

Note: The ITO card is designed only for indoor applications.

ITO features The ITO plug-in card has the following features:

• Three, 4-wire circuits per card

• Gain adjustment to customer specification

• Flexible input impedance provisionable at 150, 300, 600, or 1200 Ω



ITO, continued

ITO faceplate The ITO faceplate has the following LEDs:

ITO Item LED Color Function


Flashing red Illegal signaling

ACTV Green Plug-in card is in use or is being tested



ITO, continued

ITO specifications

The ITO plug-in card has the following specifications:

Signalling


300 Ω

Loop feeding 23 mA

Loop terminating 200 ΩAudio

Companding A law

VF input impedance (selectable) 600 ΩNominal net loss (referenced 2-wire 600/900)

0 dB ± 0.4 dB

Maximum VF overload level 5 dBm

Frequency response (single ended) 300 Hz-3.4 kHz + 0.4, -0.5 dBm

Longitudinal balance 400 Hz-3.4kHz


> 28 dB

Environmental

Operating Temperature -40°C to +65°C-40°F to +149°F



Dimensions







LI-APOTS

LI-APOTS description

The Local Exchange International Advanced POTS (LI-APOTS) plug-in card provides six trunk terminating, loop-start POTS (Plain Old Telephone Service) circuits similar to the LI-POTS card. In addition, the LI-APOTS also provides battery reversal, pulse metering, loop start-only signaling with ring cadence, on-hook transmission between ring bursts, forward disconnect, high on-hook DC resistance, and universal ring detector.

LI-APOTS features

The LI-APOTS plug-in card has these features:

• Six, 2-wire POTS circuits per card



• Battery reversal

• Pulse metering (provisionable system-wide)



LI-APOTS, continued

LI-APOTS faceplate

The LI-APOTS plug-in card has the following faceplate elements:

LI-APOTS Item LED Color Function


Flashing Red

Illegal Signalling

BUSY Green Indicates that the corresponding RI-APOTS circuit is busy



LI-APOTS, continued

LI-APOTS specifications

The LI-APOTS plug-in card has the following specifications:

Signaling

End to end signalling delay (normal and reverse battery)

< 40 msec

Pulse distortion (normal, reverse, pw > 25 msec)

< 5 msec

Ring detection 150 msec

Meter pulse detection frequencies 12 kHz, 16 kHz ± 1%

Meter pulse amplitude 50 mV-4.5 V

AC ringing load (20 Hz) 4 kΩ ± 10%

Ring detector sensitivity 20 vrms 20 -55 Hz

Nominal DC input resistance 430 ΩNormal open interval detector threshold

10mA ± 3 mA

Maximum CO wiring resistance 500 ΩBattery reversal delay < 40 msec

Audio

Companding A-Law

Nominal VF input impedance 600 Ω

Nominal net loss (referenced 2-wire 900)

0 dB± 0.4 dB

Maximum VF overload level + 5 dBm

Frequency response (single ended) 300 Hz -3.4 kHz -0.4, -0.5 dbm


> 20 dB

Environmental




Dimensions

Height 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) Part 1 of 2






Compliance CCITT G.713CCITT G.714

Continued

Part 2 of 2



LI-BPOTS

LI-BPOTS description

The Local Exchange International POTS (LI-BPOTS) plug-in provides six trunk terminating, loop-start POTS (Plain Old Telephone Service) circuits. The LI-BPOTS also provides loop start-only signaling with ring cadence, on-hook transmission between ring bursts, high on-hook DC resistance, and universal ring detector.

LI-BPOTS features

The LI-BPOTS plug-in card has these features:

• Six 2-wire POTS circuits per card




LI-BPOTS, continued

LI-BPOTS faceplate

The LI-BPOTS plug-in card has the following faceplate elements:

LI-BPOTS Item LED Color Function


Flashing Red

Illegal signalling

BUSY Green Indicates that at least one RI-BPOTS circuit is busy or in test



LI-BPOTS, continued

LI-BPOTS specifications

The LI-BPOTS plug-in card has the following specifications:

Signalling

End-to-end signalling delay (normal and reverse battery)

< 40 msec

Pulse distortion (normal, reverse, pw > 25 msec)

< 5 msec

Ring detection 150 msec


Ring detector sensitivity 20 vrms 20 -55 Hz


10mA ± 3 mA

Maximum CO wiring resistance 500 ΩAudio



Nominal net loss (referenced 2-wire 600 Ω)

0 dB± 0.4 dB

Maximum VF overload level + 5 dBm

Frequency response (single ended) 300 Hz to 3.4 kHz -0.4, -0.5 dBm


> 20 dB

Environmental




Dimensions




Weight 0.23 kg (0.5 pound)Part 1 of 2




Continued

Part 2 of 2



LI-ISDN

LI-ISDN description

The LET International Integrated Services Digital Network (LI-ISDN) plug-in card has six ISDN circuits. The LI-ISDN transports the 2B+D data from the local exchange as three, 64-kbps timeslots through the AccessMAX system. At the remote terminal the RI-ISDN recreates the physical 2B+D format for relay to the customer. The LI-ISDN plug-in card utilizes mixed analog and digital signal processing circuit technology as described in ITU-T G.961.

Each LI-ISDN delivers six ISDN lines. It uses 2B1Q (2 binary 1 quaternary) line coding for full-duplex transmission at 160 kbps. The transmission format provides two, 64-kbps channels (B-channels), one 16-kbps channel (D-channel), and one, 4-kbps control channel.

The LI-ISDN plug-in card provides a DC termination to sealing current and loop test verification. The LI-ISDN supports 3-channel TDM, D-channel multiplexing formats of other manufacturers, and has built-in BER measurement.

LI-ISDN features

The LI-ISDN plug-in card has the following features:

• 6 ISDN circuits per card

• 3-channel TDM

• BER measurement (2 thresholds) through the AccessMAX Craft Interface

• Loopbacks controlled from the AccessMAX Craft Interface

• Support for U-only activation

• Local/remote U-interface activation tracking

• U-interface loss of signal alarm



LI-ISDN, continued

LI-ISDN faceplate

The LI-ISDN has the following LEDs:

LI-ISDN Item LED Color Function



ACTV Green Plug-in card is busy

LOOP Amber Plug-in card is in loopback



LI-ISDN, continued

LI-ISDN specifications

The LI-ISDN plug-in card specifications follow:

Signaling

Line coding 2B1Q

Data rate (throughput) 160 kbps


Analog Parameters


• Transmit

< 1.15 dB attenuation @ 40 kHz(0-600 m with 0.4 mm wire12.5 dB (2.5 Vpk)

Input impedance 135 Ω ± 5%

Sealing current termination 400 ΩEnvironmental




Dimensions





Compliance ITU-T G.961



LI-POTS

LI-POTS description

The LET International POTS (LI-POTS) plug-in card provides six loop start Plain Old Telephone Service (POTS) circuits. The LI-POTS delivers Loop Start-Only signaling with ring cadence following, on-hook transmission between ring bursts, and forward disconnect. The L-POTS plug-in card also provides a high on-hook DC resistance and a universal ringing detector.

The LI-POTS plug-in card ordinarily installs in the Local Exchange Terminal (LET); its counterpart, the RI-POTS usually installs in the Remote Subscriber Terminal (RST).

LI-POTS features

The LI-POTS plug-in card has the following features:

• Six 2-wire circuits per unit






LI-POTS, continued

LI-POTS faceplate

The LI-POTS faceplate has the following LEDs:

\

LI-POTS Item LED Color Function



BUSY Green One or more LI-POTS circuits are busy or in test



LI-POTS, continued

LI-POTS specifications

The LI-POTS plug-in card specifications follow:

Signaling

End-to-end signaling delay (normal and reverse battery)

< 40 ms

Pulse distortion (pw > 50 ms) < 5 ms

Ring detection < 150 ms


Ring detector sensitivity 20 Vrms (20 to 55 Hz)


10 mA ± 3 mA



Nominal VF input impedance 600 ΩNominal net loss (referenced 2-wire 900 Ω)

0 dBm ± 0.4 dB off-hook0.5 dB ± 1 dB on-hook

Maximum VF overload level +5 dBm

Frequency response (single ended) 300Hz -3.4 kHz +0.4, 0.5 dBm

2-wire return loss (600 Ω on 2-wire) > 20 dB

Environmental

Operating temperature 0°C to 50°C, 32°F to 122°F



Dimensions





Compliance CCITT G.713, CCITT G.714



LI-VPOTS

LI-VPOTS description

The Local Exchange International POTS (LI-VPOTS) plug-in card provides six, trunk terminating loop start POTS circuits. The LI-VPOTS card also provides loop start-only signaling with ring cadence, reverse battery detection, on-hook transmission between ring bursts, forward disconnect, high on-hook DC resistance, and a universal ring detector.

Install the LI-VPOTS card at the LET; install the RI-VPOTS card at the RST.

LI-VPOTS features

The LI-VPOTS plug-in card has the following features:

• Six, 2-wire circuits per card




• Reverse battery detection



LI-VPOTS, continued

LI-VPOTS faceplate

The LI-VPOTS plug-in card has the following faceplate elements:

LI-VPOTS Item LED Color Function


Flashing Red

Illegal Signalling

BUSY Green Indicates that at least one RI-VPOTS circuit is busy or is being tested



LI-VPOTS, continued

LI-VPOTS specifications

The LI-VPOTS plug-in card has the following specifications:

Signaling


< 40 msec


Ring detection < 150 msec


Ring detector sensitivity 30 Vrms (20 to 55 Hz)


10 mA ± 3 mA


Companding A-Law


Nominal net loss (referenced 2-wire 600Ω)

0 dB ± 0.4 dB off-hook0.5 dB ± 1 dB on-hook

Maximum VF overload level +5 dBm

2-wire return loss (600 Ω on 2-wire) > 18 dB

Environmental

Operating temperature 0°C to 50°C32°F to 122°F



Dimensions





Compliance CCITT G.713, CCITT G.714



L-PSU

L-PSU description

The LET Power Supply Unit (L-PSU) converts the exchange battery input into the voltages required by the AccessMAX LET common control equipment and line cards. It uses a DC-to-DC switching converter for high efficiency and low thermal dissipation. Each LET shelf requires only one L-PSU; however, there is a card slot for a redundant L-PSU. The L-PSU does not provide ring current.

The L-PSU features two GMT fuses: the first is for input current fault protection, and the second is for -48 Vdc battery output protection.

Note: The fuses on the L-PSU are not field-replaceable. Only AFC service technicians should replace these fuses.

L-PSU features The L-PSU plug-in card has the following features:

• High-efficiency switching DC-DC converter

• Reverse polarity protection

• Over-voltage/over-current shutdown

• Low thermal dissipation



L-PSU, continued

L-PSU faceplate

The L-PSU faceplate has the following LEDs and jacks:

L-PSU Item LED Color Function



FUSE Red Failed fuse on plug-in card

+5V jack N/A Sample system voltage

-48V jack N/A Sample system voltage

GND jack N/A Sample system voltage



L-PSU, continued

L-PSU specifications

The L-PSU plug-in card specifications follow:

DC-DC Converter

Input -40 Vdc to -56.5 Vdc

Output +5.15 Vdc ± 1.5%-5.15 Vdc ± 10.0%-32.0 Vdc ± 10%-39 Vdc to -56.5 Vdc

Low voltage disconnect -38 Vdc

Output Regulation

± 5.15 Vdc < 1.5% load< 1.5% line< 0.20% per specified temp range

Ripple and Noise (DC - 20 MHz)

±5 Vdc 1.0% peak-to-peak, -32 Vdc @ 100 mV peak-to-peak

Output Current

+5 Vdc-5 Vdc-32 Vdc-48 Vdc

15 A2 A3 A2 A

Total power 150 W

Isolation

Internal converter 500 V input to output

Output ground Referenced to positive battery input

Environmental

Operating temperature -40°C to +65°C, -40°F to +149°F


Dimensions





Compliance (Conducted Noise) GR-1089-CORE



L-UVG

L-UVG description

The LET Universal Voice Grade (L-UVG) plug-in card is the LET counterpart to the RST Universal Voice Grade (R-UVG) plug-in card. In the default ground start/loop start service mode, the L-UVG direct-maps to the corresponding R-UVG and establishes six dedicated circuits, thereby reducing the total number of spans for concentration. Other provisionable service modes provide for timeslot concentration within the AccessMAX transport.

The L-UVG provides six circuits that support ground start, loop start, and reverse battery signaling for applications such as PBX off-premises lines. The L-UVG can also support on-hook transmission.

The L-UVG plug-in card provides ring cadence following, including ring-ping, on-hook transmission between ring bursts, and forward disconnect. The L-UVG also supports precision gain adjustment in 0.1 dB steps. Install the L-UVG card in the RST for Direct Inward Dialing (DID) applications.

L-UVG features The L-UVG plug-in card has the following features:

• Six, 2-wire circuits per unit

• Software selectable transmission gain (0.1 dB steps)

• Ground start/loop start capability

• Reverse battery (quiet)

• Wide ring voltage/frequency detection window

• Software provisionable 600/900 Ω impedance

• On-hook transmission

• Compatible with the Teradyne 4TEL test system




L-UVG, continued

L-UVG faceplate

The L-UVG has the following LEDs:

L-UVG Item LED Color Function



BUSY Green One or more L-UVG plug-in card circuits are busy or being tested



L-UVG, continued

L-UVG specifications

The L-UVG plug-in card specifications follow:

Signaling


< 50 ms

Pulse distortion (normal, reverse, pw > 50 ms)

< 15 ms

Ring detection < 100 ms

AC ringing load (20 Hz) 4 kΩ ±10%

Ring detector sensitivity 40 Vrms 17 to 55 Hz

Nominal DC input resistance 800 ΩNominal DC input resistance in DID mode

250 Ω

Ring ground resistance 600 ΩMaximum CO wiring resistance 200 ΩAudio


VF input impedance (provisionable) 600/900 ΩNominal net loss (referenced 2-wire 600 Ω)

0 ± 0.4dB

Maximum VF overload level +5.0 dBm


2-wire return loss ERL > 18 dBSRL > 10 dB

Transmit gain adjustment (to DLC) -3.0 dB to +9.0 dB

Receive gain adjustment (from DLC) -9.0 dB to +3.0 dB

MLT/Teradyne DC signatures

On-Hook• Tip to Ground, Ring to Ground• Tip to Ring

430 kΩ50 kΩ

Off-Hook• Tip to Ground, Ring to Ground• Tip to Ring

430 kΩ900 Ω

Part 1 of 2



Off-Hook, Ring Grounded• Tip to Ground, Ring to Ground• Tip to Ring

430 kΩ900 Ω

Reltec DC Signatures

On-Hook• Tip to Ground, Ring to Ground

• Tip to Ring

430 kΩ50 kΩ

Off-Hook• Tip to Ground, Ring to Ground

• Tip to Ring

430 kΩ835 Ω

Off-Hook, Ring Grounded• Tip to Ground, Ring to Ground

• Tip to Ring

430 kΩ835 Ω

DLC Test Resources in Use Signatures

Tip to Ground, Ring to Ground 167 kΩTip to Ring 43 kΩEnvironmental




Dimensions





Compliance TR-TSY-000057TR-TSY-000303GR-1089-CORE

Continued

Part 2 of 2



MTU

MTU description

The Metallic Test Unit (MTU) plug-in card provides enhanced testing and diagnostic capabilities for the AccessMAX system. The MTU enables metallic maintenance access to the facility side of a customer’s line for Craft Interface access. The MTU card also provides an interface for external test equipment to perform drop tests and for Telemetry Byte Oriental Serial (TBOS) interface test polling equipment. Send commands to the MTU card via the Craft Interface to test specific circuits.

The internal test capabilities of the MTU plug-in card include the ability to test for hazardous voltages, open circuit, short circuit, and three terminal complex impedance (resistance and capacitance) measurements. The MTU card’s ability to test a customer’s drop provides an economic alternative to expensive remote test and diagnostic equipment.

Use the MTU plug-in card as an interface to the following external remote testing equipment:

• Micro Computer Systems (MCS) 107 A/F

• Teradyne 4TEL 22X

• Reltec T9-X (MITS)

The MTU plug-in card also supports V5.1 channel testing. The E1 plug-in card detects the V5.1 signalling and uses it to configure the MTU card for V5.1. The switch initiates V5.1 testing into the AccessMAX over a V5.1 span. See the AccessMAX User Interface manual for procedures to configure the MTU card for various channel and loop tests.

\



MTU, continued

MTU features The MTU plug-in card has the following test capabilities:

Test Description

AC and DC Hazardous Voltages

Tests the line to determine whether there is a line cross to a power utility line or other source of high voltage. If a voltage greater than 60V is detected, the test reports a failure.

AC and DC Foreign Voltage

Tests the line to determine whether there is a line cross to another POTS line. Checks for an induced voltage in the line. If the AC or DC voltage on either line is greater than 10 V, the test reports a failure.

Common Mode Resistive Faults to Ground

Tests for ground faults. The lines must be isolated from ground. If the test measures a resistance of less than 50 kΩ from either leg to ground, the test reports a failure.

DC Resistance between Lines

Tests for resistive faults between subscriber lines. If all telephone instruments are on-hook, the test measures a high DC resistance between the lines. If the resistance is low, either there is a telephone receiver off-hook or there is a resistive fault between the lines. If the resistance between lines is less than 20 kΩ, the Receiver Off-Hook test runs to check for a receiver off-hook. If no off-hook is detected, the test reports a failure.

Receiver Off-Hook Monitors the resistance between lines. The test passes a test current through the line and monitors the current transfer characteristics. If the monitored characteristics are non-linear, the telephone is off-hook. A linear characteristic pattern indicates a resistive fault between the lines.

REN and Ringer Capacitance

Tests the AC impedance at the ringing frequency by applying a 40 V peak-to-peak AC voltage to the line. Ringer equivalents are determined in accordance with Telcordia (Bellcore) TA-NWT-000909. The capacitance value is reported. If the AC impedance is more than 70 kΩ, or if the REN value is under 0.10, the test reports a REN failure.



MTU, continued

MTU faceplate The MTU faceplate has the following LEDs and jacks:

MTU Item LED Color Function

FAIL Red Plug-in card or communication failure


TEST Blue or green

Test is in progress

CAL Amber Plug-in card is performing self-calibration

E 2W jack N/A Test 2-wire or 4-wire circuit

F 2W jack N/A Test 2-wire or 4-wire circuit

E 4W jack N/A Test 4-wire circuit

F 4W jack N/A Test 4-wire circuit



MTU, continued

MTU specifications

The MTU plug-in card specifications follow:

Subscriber drop tests

Hazardous voltage -1000 V to +1000 V ac or dc

Foreign voltage ± 1V to ± 40 V dc or 25 Vrms ± 10%

Short circuits > 100 Ω ± 10%

Open circuits < 1 MΩ ± 10%

Leakage A-GND < 1 MΩ ± 10%

Leakage B-GND < 1 MΩ ± 10%

Leakage A-R < 1 MΩ ± 10%

Capacitance 0.1 µF < C < 20 µF ± 10%

REN equivalence 0.1 < REN < 5 ± 10% (at ringer frequency and approximately 15 Vrms)

Note: REN is measured at a lower voltage than specified by the FCC to prevent the ringer from sounding during the test. REN values that are reported by the MTU may be different from the REN values read at 45 Vrms. One (1) REN is returned for an AC impedance of 7000 Ω.

Environmental




Dimensions







NPSU

NPSU description

The Network Power Supply Unit (NPSU) plug-in card enables 130 Vdc local AC power in the RSC/48. A custom rectifier in the AC power center rectifies the AC input to 130 Vdc, and the NPSU converts 130 Vdc to the working voltages required to power the equipment and batteries in the RSC/48. Therefore, a traditional rectifier/battery charger is unnecessary.

The NPSU generates sine wave ringing voltage for use by the subscriber interfaces. The ringing generator provides unbalanced ringing. The ringing frequency is software provisionable via the Craft Interface. The NPSU uses DC-to-DC switching converters for high efficiency and low thermal dissipation. The RSC/48 requires only one NPSU; however, an additional power supply slot allows for a redundant NPSU. The NPSU draws power from the batteries if the system requires it, and then recharges the batteries during times of non-peak traffic.

NPSU features The NPSU plug-in card has the following features:

• Enables AC power in the RSC/48

• High-efficiency switching DC-DC converters

• Reverse polarity protection

• Software-provisionable ringing frequency


• Low-voltage alarm and low-voltage disconnect


• Shaves power from batteries during peak load if necessary



NPSU, continued

NPSU faceplate The NPSU faceplate has the following LEDs and jacks:

NPSU Item LED Color

Function



LINE Green Adequate power from AC source






NPSU, continued

NPSU specifications

The NPSU plug-in card specifications follow:

DC-DC Converter

Input -130 Vdc nominal, -65 to -140 Vdc

Output

Long line talk batteryShort line talk batteryBattery

Fan

+5.15 Vdc ± 1.5%-5.00 Vdc ± 10.0%-49.0 Vdc to -57 Vdc-32.0 Vdc line battery ± 10%Vdc: 50.5, 52.5, 54.5, 56.5 (under CPU controlBattery less 1 diode; only present when express input is present

Low voltage alarm (battery) -44 Vdc


Regulation

±5.15 Vdc < 1.5% load< 1.5% line< 0.2% per specified temp range


±5 Vdc 1.0% peak-to-peak

Output Current

Total power including fan 100 W

+5 Vdc 6 A

-5 Vdc 1 A

-52 Vdc 2 A

-32 Vdc 0.5 A

Isolation


Ringing Generator

Pedestal voltage -48 Vdc

Output voltage range 60, 65, 85, 95 Vac

Voltage tolerance ± 5%Part 1 of 2



Output frequency in Hz (provisionable)

16.7, 17.7, 18.7, 20.0, 21.0, 22.3, 23.5, 25.0, 26.4, 28.0, 29.8, 31.6, 33.3, 35.4, 37.6, 40.0, 42.2, 44.4, 47.4, 50.0 Hz

Frequency tolerance ± 2.5%

Power (continuous) 15 REN

Environmental



Dimensions





Compliance

Conducted noise TR-TSY-000057

Emissions GR-1089-CORE

Lightning GR-1089-CORE

Continued

Part 2 of 2



P-ACI

P-ACI description

The Power AC Interface (P-ACI) plug-in card, used in the Universal Power Assembly (UPA), accepts 110 Vac or 220 Vac local input and delivers the local AC power from the AC bus to the high voltage bus between the P-ACI and the P-ACR (AC Rectifier unit). P-ACI outputs are tied together in a UPA.

AFC has two versions of the P-ACI: one automatically switches to allow insertion into both 120 Vac and 120/240 Vac environments; the other version has a manual voltage selector switch.

The photo below shows the P-ACI with the manual voltage selector switch. If your P-ACI does not have the voltage selector switch as shown below, it automatically switches.

P-ACI features The P-ACI plug-in card has the following features:

• 130 Vac and 260 Vac environments: automatic and manual switching versions

• Over/under voltage LED

Voltage selector switch

ALERT: Follow safety recommendations when working on the UPA. Set the voltage selector switch (if present) properly before insertion.



P-ACI, continued

P-ACI face The P-ACI face has the following LED and grip:

P-ACI Item Function

LED AC power is present and within an acceptable range

Grip Install/remove plug-in card



P-ACI, continued

P-ACI specifications

The P-ACI plug-in card specifications follow:

Electrical

Input voltage range 100 to 130 Vrms200 to 260 Vrms45 to 65 Hz

High-voltage output bus 280 to 370 Vdc

Input protection 15 A

Lightning protection MOV type to ANSI C.62

Environmental



Dimensions







P-ACR

P-ACR description

The Power AC Rectifier (P-ACR) plug-in card, used in the Universal Power Assembly (UPA), converts the AC-derived intermediate high-voltage DC input from the P-ACI to 48 Vdc battery charger voltage. The P-ACR charges the batteries and powers the equipment connected to the UPA through the Power Fuse and Distribution unit (P-FD). The P-ACR is typically used in pairs, sharing the UPA Power AC Interface unit (P-ACI) on each side.

Each P-ACR plug-in card supplies up to 8 Amps. The output voltage switch on the front of the card is factory-set to 54 Vdc (54.5 at the faceplate jacks), but you can adjust it in the field using the output adjustment on the front of the card.

P-ACR features The P-ACR plug-in card has the following features:

• Converts DC input to DC voltage

• Charges batteries and powers equipment

• Supplies up to 8 A with a 6 A thermal foldback

• Power fail LED

• Stand-alone fault monitoring

• P-CPU compatible for alarm/control

• Parallel operation

ALERT: Follow safety recommendations when working on the UPA.



P-ACR, continued

P-ACR face The P-ACR face has the following LED, jacks, and grip:

P-ACR Item Function

FAIL LED (red) Absence of output power

Positive output voltage jack

Measure output voltage within or-ing diode

Negative output voltage jack

Measure output voltage

Positive output current jack

Measure output current

Negative output current jack

Measure output current

Output adjust Adjust output




P-ACR, continued

P-ACR specifications

The P-ACR plug-in card specifications follow:

High Voltage Bus

Input voltage range 265 to 385 Vdc

Protection Fused

Maximum current 5 A

Battery Bus

Nominal output voltage range -44 Vdc to -58 Vdc

Output preset -54 Vdc

User adjustment range -48 to -56 Vdc

P-CPU adjustment range -44 to -58 Vdc

Output protection Current limit

Minimum output current > 8 A @ 55°C

Output protection Electronic current limit

Maximum current limit 10 A

Maximum reverse output current 15 mA

Minimum efficiency 85% @ full load

Settling time < 10 ms to 10% for 10%-90% load variation

Overshoot/undershoot < 5%

Overvoltage trip point 62 V

Output voltage drift < 5% for -40 < T < +65°C at no load

Output ripple < 50 mV pp for 20 MHz BW, no input line ripple

Line ripple rejection > 40 dB @ 120 Hz

Conducted noise < EN 55022 Class A requirement

Test Point

Voltage Protected, monitors before or-ing diode, not on bus

Current Protected, current in A is the reading in V x100

Part 1 of 2



Environmental



Dimensions




Weight 1.0 kg (2.25 pounds)

Compliance

Safety UL 1459

Continued

Part 2 of 2



P-CPU

P-CPU description

The Power Central Processing Unit (P-CPU), used in the Universal Power Assembly (UPA), supervises the entire UPA. The optional P-CPU monitors the alarm status of each UPA plug-in card and sets appropriate Major and Minor alarm relays, taking over the alarm function from the individual UPA cards. Use the ACO button on the front of the card to clear resettable alarms.

The P-CPU monitors the currents from the converters and the current going into or coming out of the terminal batteries. The P-CPU adjusts and shares these currents equally between the converters to optimize overall reliability. The P-CPU shuts down a converter when it detects an overvoltage.

In express power configurations, the P-CPU monitors line voltage and issues an alarm when it detects low voltage. The P-CPU also monitors protection devices and issues an alarm when a protection device trips.

The P-CPU connects to battery compartment temperature sensors in all remote terminals powered by the UPA. The P-CPU automatically reads battery compartment temperature and adjusts the voltage needed to charge the batteries, extending the life of the batteries.

P-CPU features The P-CPU plug-in card has the following features:

• Alarm status monitoring

• Voltage monitoring and adjustment

• RS422 (or RS485) TBOS interface

• Battery temperature voltage compensation

• Additional external alarm contacts

• ACO button



P-CPU, continued

P-CPU face The P-CPU face has the following LEDs, button, and grip:

P-CPU Item Function

FAIL LED Plug-in card failure

STATUS LED Card is functioning properly if green, major alarm if red, minor alarm if amber.Flashing green indicates that the UPA is drawing current from the battery bus.

ACO button Clears alarms when pressed




P-CPU, continued

P-CPU specifications

The P-CPU plug-in card specifications follow:

Electrical

Power supply 48 V (30 V to 60 V)

Output

Converter balance ± 20%

Data Acquisition

Battery current 20 A / 100 mV

DC/DC converter current 10 A / 100 mV

Express feed lines bus 0 to 4.1 V for -150 V to +150 V

Temperature sensor ± 2°C

Communication port RS-422 or RS-485 (TBOS)

TBOS Status Points

Alarms Major, Minor

AC Failure

UPA P-ACR, P-EPS, P-EPP, P-EPR, P-EPRE failure

Express voltage Maintenance, red

Battery Discharge

Express power Pair faults

Environmental




Thermal runaway 10°C and 15°C50°F and 59°F

Dimensions







P-FD

P-FD description

The Power Fuse and Distribution (P-FD) plug-in card, used in the Universal Power Assembly (UPA), is powered by the -48 Vdc battery bus on the UPA backplane. The unit has four GMT fuses that are accessible from the front panel.

The P-FD provides the UPA with integrated fuse protection and eliminates the need for a separate fuse assembly.

The P-FD protects the UPA from over-current and battery short circuits and provides a low-input voltage load disconnect to protect against over-discharge damage.

Each of the four P-FD fuses provides fusing for one equipment group. The front panel has a fuse fail LED.

The P-FD also provides fault alarming and can interface with the optional P-CPU plug-in card to provide manufacturing data, alarm collection, alarm relay disable control, and lamp test.

P-FD features The P-FD plug-in card has the following features:

• GMT fuse protection for UPA

• Fuse fail LED

• Stand-alone fault monitoring

• P-CPU compatible for alarm/control

• Low-input voltage load disconnect



P-FD, continued

P-FD face The P-FD has the following LED and receptacles:

P-FD Item Function

Protection fail LED Fuse failure

Fuse receptacle Holds fuse






P-FD, continued

P-FD specifications

The P-FD plug-in card specifications follow:

Electrical

Input voltage range -40 to -56.5 Vdc

Maximum current per output 10 A (four outputs available)

Total output current 20 A

Low voltage disconnect 38 ±2 Vdc (disconnect)44 ±2 Vdc (connect)

Environmental

Operating temperature-40°C to +65°C-40°F to +149°F



Dimensions







RI-APOTS

RI-APOTS description

The Remote Subscriber International Advanced POTS (RI-APOTS) plug-in card is the RST’s loop start counterpart to the loop terminating LI-APOTS plug-in card. It provides six circuits of standard loop Plain Old Telephone Service.

The RI-APOTS card has a maximum loop length (including station) of 2500 Ω. This capability, along with other robust characteristics, enables the RI-APOTS card to provide high-quality telephone service at very long distances from AccessMAX RSTs.

The RI-APOTS card provides ring cadence following, local ring trip, on-hook transmission between ring bursts and forward disconnect. The RI-APOTS card features transmit and receive gain adjustment. Provision gain in 0.5 dB steps over a 12 dB range. The RI-APOTS card supports equalization (four steps) and provisionable balance (four steps).

Install the RI-APOTS card at the RST. Install its counterpart, the LI-APOTS card, in the LET. Use the RI-APOTS card with loaded or non-loaded cable.

The RI-APOTS card features backplane metallic A/B access to enable testing using the Metallic Test Unit (MTU).

RI-APOTS features

The RI-APOTS plug-in card has the following features:

• Six 2-wire extended range POTS circuits per card

• Built-in on-hook transmission (CLASS) capabilities


• Terminating impedance of 600 Ω• Transient protection

• Remote test access to metallic A and B

• Equalization (four steps)

• Transmit and receive gain adjustment (24 steps)



RI-APOTS, continued

RI-APOTS faceplate

The RI-APOTS card has the following faceplate elements:

RI-APOTS Item LED Color Function


Flashing Red

Illegal Signalling

BUSY Green Indicates that the card is busy or is being tested.



RI-APOTS, continued

RI-APOTS specifications

The RI-APOTS plug-in card has the following specifications:

Signalling

End-to-end signalling delay < 50 ms


Meter pulse generator 12 kHz ± 0.1%, 16 kHz ± 0.1%

Meter pulse output level 2.0 Vrms @ 200 ΩMax loop length including station 2000

Ring trip detector (85 Vrms, 20 Hz) > 2000 Ω

Ring trip delay (85 Vrms, 50 Hz) < 40 ms


1800 Ω @ 20 mA

Open circuit voltage — normal mode (battery -52 Vdc)

≥ 43 V

Open circuit voltage — on hook transmission mode

44 V± 0.5 V

Off-hook detection threshold < 2.0 kΩ

On-hook detection threshold > 9.0 kΩBattery reversal delay < 40 msec

Audio


Nominal input impedance 600 Ω

Nominal loss (referenced 2-wire 900 Ω)

-2.0 dBm ± 0.5 dB


Return loss single ended > 18 dB (300 Hz to 3.4 kHz)

Longitudinal balance > 46 dB (300 Hz to 3.4 kHz)Part 1 of 2



Environmental




Dimensions






Continued

Part 2 of 2



RI-BPOTS

RI-BPOTS description

The Remote Subscriber International POTS (RI-BPOTS) plug-in card is the RST’s loop start counterpart to the loop terminating LI-BPOTS plug-in card. It provides six, standard loop start POTS circuits. The RI-BPOTS card also provides ring cadence, local ring trip, and on-hook transmission between ring-bursts. Install the RI-BPOTS card at the RST.

RI-BPOTS features

The RI-BPOTS plug-in card has the following features:

• Six 2-wire POTS circuits per card

• Terminating impedance of 600 Ω• Transient protection



RI-BPOTS, continued

RI-BPOTS faceplate

The RI-BPOTS card has the following faceplate elements:

RI-BPOTS Item LED Color Function


Flashing Red

Illegal Signalling

BUSY Green Indicates that the card is busy or is being tested.



RI-BPOTS, continued

RI-BPOTS specifications

The RI-BPOTS plug-in card has the following specifications:

Signalling



Ring trip detector (85 Vrms, 50 Hz) > 2000 ΩRing trip delay (85 Vrms, 50 Hz) < 40 ms

Maximum loop length including station

1830 Ω @ 20 mA


≥ 43 V


44 V± 0.5 V


Companding A-Law

Nominal input impedance 600 ΩNominal loss (referenced 2-wire 600Ω)

-2.0 dBm ± 0.5 dB




Environmental




Dimensions








Continued

Part 2 of 2



RI-ISDN

RI-ISDN description

The RST International Integrated Services Digital Network (RI-ISDN) plug-in card delivers six ISDN circuits. The RI-ISDN receives the physical 2B+D format from the LI-ISDN card. It utilizes mixed analog and digital signal processing circuit technology as described in ITU-T G.961.

Each RI-ISDN plug-in card provides six ISDN lines.The RI-ISDN uses 2B1Q (2 binary 1 quaternary) line coding for full-duplex transmission at 144-kbps data rate. The transmission format delivers 12 kbps for synchronization, 144 kbps for 2B+D customer data, and 4 kbps for overhead. The customer data is divided into two 64-kbps “B” channels and one 16-kbps “D” channel.

The RI-ISDN card provides 40 mA @ +110 VDC for network powering of NT1 subscriber equipment. It supports 3-channel TDM and has built-in BER measurement. The RI-ISDN plug-in card has an approximate working range of 5.49 km (18 ft) over 0.051 cm (#24 AWG) cable.

The RI-ISDN card uses more power per circuit than analog services. The number of ISDN plug-in cards supported by a single AccessMAX CBA depends on the total power consumption of other cards within the CBA. Contact AFC Applications Engineering for power management guidelines when deploying multiple ISDN cards per CBA.

RI-ISDN features

The RI-ISDN plug-in card has the following features:

• Six ISDN circuits per card

• 3-channel TDM

• BER measurement (2 thresholds) through the AccessMAX Craft Interface.

• 2B+D loopbacks controlled from the AccessMAX Craft Interface

• Remote access to metallic A and B

• NT1 line powering

• U interface loss of signal alarm

• NT1 line power fail alarm



RI-ISDN, continued

RI-ISDN faceplate

The RI-ISDN faceplate has the following LEDs:

RI-ISDN Item LED Color Function



ACTV Green Plug-in card is busy

LOOP Amber Loopback in progress



RI-ISDN, continued

RI-ISDN specifications

The RI-ISDN plug-in card specifications follow:

Signalling

Line coding 2B1Q

Data rate (throughput) 160 kbps


Analog Parameters


• Transmit

< 40 dB attenuation12.5 dB (2.5 Vpk)

Input impedance 135 Ω ± 5%

NT1 line powering 40 mA @ +110Vdc

Environmental




Dimensions








RI-POTS

RI-POTS description

The RST International POTS (RI-POTS) plug-in card is the Remote Subscriber Terminal (RST) loop start counterpart to the loop terminating LI-POTS plug-in card. It provides six circuits of standard loop start Plain Old Telephone Service (POTS). The RI-POTS plug-in card provides ring cadence, local ring trip, on-hook transmission between ring-bursts, and forward disconnect. The card supports Call Message Waiting Indicator (CMWI).

Install the RI-POTS in the RST; install its counterpart, the LI-POTS, in the Local Exchange Terminal (LET). Use the RI-POTS with loaded or non-loaded cable.

RI-POTS features

The RI-POTS plug-in card has the following features:




• Terminating impedance of 600 Ω

• Transient protection


• Call Message Waiting Indicator (CMWI)



RI-POTS, continued

RI-POTS faceplate

The RI-POTS faceplate has the following LEDs:

RI-POTS Item LED Color Function



BUSY Green At least one circuit is busy or being tested



RI-POTS, continued

RI-POTS specifications

The RI-POTS plug-in card specifications follow:

Signalling



Ring trip detector (85 Vrms, 20 Hz) > 2000 ΩRing trip delay (85 Vrms, 20 Hz) < 40 ms

Max loop length including station 1830 Ω @ 20 mA

Loop current (constant) 25 mA, 20 mA min. @ 1830 ΩOpen circuit voltage — normal mode (battery -52 Vdc)

50 Vdc minimum


>43 Vdc




-2.0 dBm ± 0.5 dB off-hook3.0 dB ± 1dB on-hook




Environmental




Dimensions



Depth 26.67 cm (10.5 inches)Part 1 of 2





Continued

Part 2 of 2



RI-VPOTS

RI-VPOTS description

The Remote Subscriber International POTS (RI-VPOTS) plug-in card provides six trunk terminating loop start POTS circuits for the RST. The RI-VPOTS card also provides ring cadence, local ring trip, reverse battery detection, on-hook transmission between ring bursts, and forward disconnect. Install the RI-VPOTS card at the RST.

RI-VPOTS features

The RI-VPOTS plug-in card has the following features:

• Six, 2-wire circuits per card



• 600 Ω terminating impedance

• Reverse battery detection



RI-VPOTS, continued

RI-VPOTS faceplate

The RI-VPOTS plug-in card has the following faceplate elements:

RI-VPOTS Item LED Color Function


Flashing Red

Illegal Signalling

BUSY Green Indicates that at least one RI-VPOTS circuit is busy or is being tested



RI-VPOTS, continued

RI-VPOTS specifications

The RI-VPOTS plug-in card has the following specifications:

Signalling

End-to-end signalling delay (normal and reverse battery)

<40 ms



Max loop length including station 1800 Ω @ 20 mA

Loop current (constant) 35 mA short circuit


50 V


> 42 V ± 2 V (battery -52V)


Companding A-Law


2.0 dBm ± 0.5 dB off-hook3.0 dB ± 1 dB on-hook

Return loss single ended > 18 dB (300 Hz - 3.4 kHz)


Environmental




Dimensions








Continued

Part 2 of 2



R-PSU

R-PSU description

The RST Power Supply Unit (R-PSU) plug-in card converts standard -48 Vdc from batteries or a UPA into the voltages required by the common control equipment and plug-in cards located at the RST. The R-PSU also generates sine wave ringing voltage for use by the subscriber interfaces. The card uses a DC-to-DC switching converter for high efficiency and low thermal dissipation.

An RST shelf requires only one R-PSU; however, a second dedicated power supply slot allows for redundancy.

The R-PSU features input fusing to protect redundancy.

Note: The fuse on the R-PSU is not field-replaceable. Only an AFC service technician should replace this fuse.

R-PSU features The R-PSU plug-in card has the following features:

• High-efficiency switching DC-DC converter

• Programmable ringing generator

• Reverse input polarity protection

• Thermal overload protection


• Low output voltage alarm




R-PSU, continued

R-PSU faceplate

The R-PSU faceplate has the following LEDs and jacks:

R-PSU Item LED Color Function



FUSE Red Failed fuse on plug-in card






R-PSU, continued

R-PSU specifications

The R-PSU plug-in card specifications follow:

DC-DC Converter

Input -42.0 to -60.0 Vdc

Output

Long line talk batteryShort line talk battery

+5.15 Vdc ±1.5%-5.15 Vdc ±10.0%-49 Vdc to -61 Vdc-32.0 Vdc line battery ± 10%

Low voltage alarm -44 Vdc


Regulation

±5.15 Vdc < 1.5% load< 1.5% line< 0.2% per specified temp range


±5 Vdc 1.0% peak-to-peak

-52 Vdc, -32 Vdc < 100 mV peak-to-peak

Output Current

+5 Vdc 15 A

-5 Vdc 2 A

-52 Vdc 2 A

-32 Vdc 3 A

Isolation


Output ground Referenced to input battery ground

Ringing Generator

Pedestal voltage -48 Vdc

Output voltage range 60, 65, 85, 95 Vac

Voltage tolerance ± 5%

Output frequency in Hz (provisionable)

16.7, 17.7, 18.7, 20.0, 21.0, 22.3, 23.5, 25.0, 26.4, 28.0, 29.8, 31.6, 33.3, 35.4, 37.6, 40.0, 42.2, 44.4, 47.4, 50.0 Hz

Part 1 of 2



Frequency tolerance ± 2.5%

Power (continuous) 15 REN

Environmental



Dimensions





Compliance GR-1089-CORE

Continued

Part 2 of 2



R-UVG

R-UVG description

The RST Universal Voice Grade (R-UVG) plug-in card is the remote terminal counterpart to the L-UVG plug-in card. In the default ground start/loop start service mode, the R-UVG direct-maps to the corresponding L-UVG and establishes six dedicated circuits, reducing the total number of spans that can be concentrated. Other provisionable service modes provide for timeslot concentration within the AccessMAX transport. The R-UVG supports ground start, loop start, and reverse battery signalling for applications such as PBX off-premises lines. The R-UVG also supports “firebar” (continuous) ringing, on-hook transmission, and Private Line Automatic Ringdown (PLAR) hotline service.

The R-UVG provides ring cadence following, on-hook transmission between ring bursts, forward disconnect, precision gain adjustment in 0.1 dB steps, and automatic transmission loss switching with loop length. Install the R-UVG in the LET for Direct-Inward-Dial (DID) applications.

R-UVG features The R-UVG plug-in card has the following features:


• Automatic or provisionable transmission gain (0.1 dB steps)

• Ground start/loop start capability

• Reverse battery signalling

• 600 Ω impedance


• Firebar ringing

• PLAR

• On-hook transmission





R-UVG, continued

R-UVG faceplate

The R-UVG faceplate has the following LEDs:

R-UVG Item LED Color Function



BUSY Green At least one circuit is busy or being tested



R-UVG, continued

R-UVG specifications

The R-UVG plug-in card specifications follow:

Signalling


< 50 ms


Maximum loop length (includes station)

1500 Ω

Off-hook detection threshold < 2.0 kΩOn-hook detection threshold > 7 kΩLoop current 35 mA constant current


-42 ± 2 Vdc

Ring trip detector > 2000 ΩRing trip delay < 150 ms

Audio

Companding A-Law

Nominal input impedance 600 ΩAdjustable gain range +3.0 dB to -9.0 dB (A-D)

-3.0 dB to +9.0 dB (D-A)


Auto mode setting (loss switching)• Total loop resistance < 650 Ω• Total loop resistance > 650 Ω

-2 dB ± 0.2 dB (nominal loss)0 dB ± 0.2 dB (nominal loss)

Single ended return loss ERL > 19 dBSRL > 11 dB


Environmental




Part 1 of 2



Dimensions





Compliance TR-TSY-000057TR-TSY-000303GR-1089-CORE

Continued

Part 2 of 2



SDU

SDU description

The Synchronous Data Unit (SDU) plug-in card provides a medium bit rate synchronous interface to the AccessMAX system for point-to-point leased-line services. The SDU, used in both the LET and RST(s), operates at 1200 bps, 2400 bps, 4800 bps, 9600 bps, 19200 bps, 38400 bps, 48 kbps, 56 kbps, or 64 kbps. Use the SDU in all types of public and private data networks where synchronous data with minimum delay is required. The SDU supports one data channel per unit using CCITT V.24/V.28 or V.35 electrical interfaces.

System synchronization is achieved by locking the system clock to an external 2.048 MHz reference terminated on the LET backplane or by using an E1 2.048 Mbps input signal to a dedicated E1-XCVR in the LET.

SDU features The SDU plug-in card has the following features:

• One multi-bit rate circuit per card

• V.24, V.28, and V.35 electrical interfaces

• 1200 bps to 64 kbps data rates

• Point-to-point synchronous applications



SDU, continued

SDU pinouts The following table lists the V.24 pinouts for the SDU plug-in card:

Key: TXD 1 = Transmit Data RTS 1 = Request to SendRXD 1 = Receive Data CTS 1 = Clear to SendGND = Ground/Earth DSR 1 = Data Set ReadyTXCLK = Transmit Clock RXCLK = Receive Clock


Table 4-2: SDU V.24 pinouts

DTE Signal Direction Wire Wrap Post

TXD1 B3

RXD1 B4

TXCLK A2

RXCLK B6

GND A6

RTS1 A5

CTS1 A3

DSR1 A4



SDU, continued

SDU pinouts, continued

The following table lists the V.35 pinouts for the SDU plug-in card:

Key: TXD 1 = Transmit Data Pair TS 1 = Request to Send PairRXD 1 = Receive Data Pair CTS 1 = Clear to SendGND = Ground/Earth DSR 1 = Data Set ReadyTXCLK = Transmit Clock Pair RXCLK = Receive Clock Pair

Table 4-3: SDU V.35 Pinouts

DTE Signal Direction Wire Wrap Post

TXD1 B3B1

RXD1 B4B2

TXCLK A2A1

RXCLK B6B5

GND A6

RTS1 A5

CTS1 A3

DSR1 A4



SDU, continued

SDU faceplate The SDU plug-in card has the following faceplate elements:

SDU Item LED Color Function

FAIL Red Indicates a plug-in card failure

ACTV Green Indicates that the plug-in card is active



SDU, continued

SDU specifications

The SDU plug-in card has the following specifications:

Data Handling

Data handling 1200 bps to 64 kbps 1 interface per card


Differential voltage swing 9 Vpk @ 100 ΩLogical level (1) </= -2Vpk

Logical level (0) </= +2Vpk

Impedance (input) 100 ΩEnvironmental

Operating temperature - 40°C to +65°C-40°F to +149°F



Dimensions







SHDSL

SHDSL description

The Symmetric High Bit Rate Digital Subscriber Line (SHDSL) plug-in card delivers high-speed data service over twisted copper pairs using industry- standard Trellis Coded-Pulse Amplitude Modulation (TC-PAM) line coding technology. The SHDSL plug-in card supports SHDSL in accordance with ITU standard G.991.2 (G.SHDSL).

The SHDSL plug-in card delivers rate-adaptive symmetric bandwidth up to 2.3 Mbps over unloaded twisted pairs. The card provides six non-powered SHDSL circuits as User-to-Network Interface (UNI) service drops. The SHDSL plug-in card supports both EdgeAccess and Native ATM connections.

The SHDSL card has a Globespan chipset. When installed in an AccessMAX system, the SHDSL card interfaces with any G.SHDS- compliant device.

The SHDSL plug-in card utilizes the PowerMAX™ line-card powering and heat dissipation technologies available with the DMAX1120 Channel Bank Assembly (CBA). You may insert the card into all 22 general purpose slots, allowing 100% use of SHDSL plug-in cards in a single DMAX1120 shelf.

The SHDSL plug-in card supports facility metallic test access for use with the Metallic Test Unit (MTU) plug-in card. The card also supports an equipment side loopback for each port.

The maximum number of SHDSL plug-in cards supported by a single UMC1000 CBA depends on the total power consumption of the other plug-in cards within the CBA. Contact AFC Application Engineering for power management guidelines when deploying multiple SHDSL plug-in cards in the UMC1000 CBA.



SHDSL, continued

General features

The SHDSL plug-in card has these features:



• Uses the PowerMAX line-card powering and heat dissipation technologies available with the DMAX1120 CBA, allowing use of SHDSL plug-in cards in all 22 general purpose slots

SHDSL features The SHDSL plug-in card has these SHDSL features:

• Six SHDSL circuits per plug-in card

• Supports both EdgeAcess ATM and Native ATM connections

• Compatible with a variety of industry standard CPE

Note: Contact AFC Applications Engineering for CPEs interoperable with the SHDSL plug-in card in a service drop application.



SHDSL, continued

SHDSL faceplate

The SHDSL plug-in card faceplate has one red LED and six green LEDs (one per circuit).

SHDSL Item LED Color Function


• Card is unable to communicate with the CPU

SYNC Green The line on the corresponding circuit is enabled and trained up with the CPE

FAIL

SYNC 1

SYNC 2

SYNC 3

SYNC 4

SYNC 5

SYNC 6

SHDSL



SHDSL, continued

SHDSL specifications

The SHDSL plug-in card specifications follow:

SHDSL Signalling

Line coding ITU G.991.2, (G.SHDSL)

Data rate Rate adaptive up to 2.3 Mbps in 32-kbps steps


Environmental




Dimensions





Compliance UL 1950, CSA 22.2 #950, GR-1089-CORE, ITU G.991.2



SSR-XCVR

SSR-XCVR description

The Spread Spectrum Radio Transceiver (SSR-XCVR) delivers 30, 64-kbps channels (2.048 Mbps rate) over a line-of-sight microwave radio link in a frequency band of 2.400 to 2.483 GHz. An optional transverter moves the frequency band to 5.725 to 5.850 GHz. Install the SSR-XCVR at both the LET and RST to establish a full duplex span over a microwave radio link.

The SSR-XCVR transmits and receives control and status information, framing, and 30, 64-kbps channels of voice or data originating from any of the channel units in the subscriber slots. Access received signal strength, frequency control, error rate and other information via the AccessMAX Craft Interface. The SSR-XCVR supports Star, Drop-and-Insert, and Tree network configurations, two or more hops, and multiple links to a single antenna.

The SSR-XCVR employs Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum (DSSS) coding combined with a Quadrature Phase Shift Keying (QPSK) modem. The DSSS coding applies an 11-bit Pseudo-Noise (PN) sequence to the data, resulting in a processing gain of over 10 dB. The QPSK modem allows for efficient power transmission and rapid synchronization. Adjust output power within an 18 dB range up to a maximum of +18 dBm at the SSR-XCVR cable connector.

The SSR-XCVR supports provisionable frequencies and frequency switchovers when interference degrades a frequency in use.

SSR-XCVR features

The SSR-XCVR plug-in card has the following features:

• Thirty 64-kbps channels over microwave radio link

• Frequency switchover

• Craft Interface monitoring and provisioning

• DSSS coding

• QPSK modem

• Software-adjustable output power

• Software-provisionable frequencies



SSR-XCVR, continued

SSR-XCVR faceplate

The SSR-XCVR faceplate has the following LEDs:

SSR-XCVR Item LED Color Function



SYNC Blue Datalink is present with counterpart SSR-XCVR plug-in card

LOS Red Loss of signal



SSR-XCVR, continued

SSR-XCVR specifications

The SSR-XCVR plug-in card specifications follow:

Signalling

Coding Direct sequence, 11 bit code

Modem QPSK

Data rate 2.048 Mbps

Center frequency range• with transverter

2.410 to 2.465 GHz, 1 MHz steps• 5.735 to 5.840 GHz, 1 MHz steps

Processing gain >10 dB

System gain (radio only)• with transverter

108 dB• 105 dB

Acquisition time 500 ms max

Transmission delay 50 µs (radio only)

RF connectors MCX

Transmitter

Output power

• with transverter

0 to +18 dBm @ Tx cable output, electronically adjustable (1 dB steps)• +24 dBm, max.

Channel bandwidth 20 MHz

Output impedance 50 Ω, nominal

In band return/loss 12 dB min

Spurious emissions -65 dBc max

Receiver

Nominal receive level -60 dBm at 10-9 BER

Maximum receive level -30 dBm at 10-9 BER

Threshold sensitivity• with transverter

-90 dBm at 10-6 BER• -85 dB at 10-6 BER

Image rejection 80 dB

In band return/loss 12 dB min

RSSI range @ 2.4 GHz Rx connector• Accuracy

-40 to -90 dBm ± 3 dB• ±3 dBm

Part 1 of 2



Environmental



Maximum power consumption• with transverter

7 W• 22 W

Dimensions





Continued

Part 2 of 2



STM1c-XCVR

STM1c-XCVR description

The Synchronous Transport Module Concentrator Transceiver (STM1c-XCVR) plug-in card has four functions:

• A concentrator

• A155-Mbps uplink to an ATM network

• An ATM service card

• A high-rate, point-to-point transport between AccessMAX terminals.

The STM1c-XCVR plug-in card has a 155-Mbps interface. Both the transmitter and the receiver are on a single card, each connecting to a fiber-optic cable. The card uses a PIN receiver and a single-mode laser operating at 1310 nm. An optical loss budget of 18 dB or higher is possible. The STM1c-XCVR card has SC connectors.

As an uplink to the ATM data network, the STM1c-XCVR plug-in card interfaces to any UNI 3.1 and UNI 4.0 compliant ATM switch or router. The STM1c-XCVR card routes ATM cells to/from an ATM-over-STM1 network. When provisioned as an uplink, Release 8.0EE supports up to seven STM1c-XCVR cards per terminal.

As a concentrator, the STM1c-XCVR plug-in card allows up to 31 incoming ATM pipes. The concentrator aggregates these incoming pipes into a single ATM pipe through the AccessMAX system. When provisioned as a concentrator, use a minimum of one STM1c-XCVR card per AccessMAX terminal, depending on the system configuration.

As an ATM service card, the STM1c-XCVR plug-in card addresses two new user applications. The card enables aggregation of individual AccessMAX LET systems. Aggregating STM1c-XCVR uplinks into one uplink to the ATM switch eliminates the need for an external aggregator or additional STM1c ports on the ATM switch. The STM1c-XCVR plug-in card also offers UNI (User-to-Network interface) service drops for increased bandwidth, allowing a larger range of services.




STM1c-XCVR, continued

STM1c-XCVR description, continued

As an interterminal transceiver, the STM1c-XCVR plug-in card supports both EdgeAccess ATM and Native ATM connections. The card carries TDM and ATM traffic; TDM traffic is converted to ATM cells. 50 Mbps are reserved for the TDM backplane, 5 Mbps for SDH overhead, and the remaining 100 Mbps for Native ATM traffic. It utilizes PowerMAX™ line card powering and heat dissipation technologies available with the DMAX1120 Channel Bank Assembly (CBA). When provisioned as an interterminal transceiver, the card may be inserted into any of the 22 general purpose slots, and populate 100% of a single DMAX1120 shelf.




STM1c-XCVR features

The STM1c-XCVR plug-in card has the following features:

• G.707 Intermediate Reach (ITU-T G.707) compatible with a 20 dB or higher optical loss budget

• Functions as a concentrator, an uplink to an ATM network, an interterminal transport, or an ATM service card

• 1310 nm single-mode fiber for STM1c interface


• 155 Mbps optical interface

• Uses two fibers: one transmit and one receive

• When provisioned as an uplink or transport, provides the terminal reference timing signal

• Dual-memory support for non-service affecting programming

• Supports 2,048 Virtual Channel Connections




STM1c-XCVR faceplate

The STM1c-XCVR plug-in card faceplate has the following LEDs:

STM1c-XCVR Item LED Color Function


Card is unable to communicate with the CPU


Concentrator: Plug-in is enabled and initialized.

Flashing green

Plug-in card is in loopback

SYNC Green Uplink: ATM cell synchronization

Concentrator: LED is always off

Transport: Plug-in card is enabled and initialized

Service: Plug-in card is enabled and initialized

LOC REM Red Uplink: Loss of signal


Transport: Loss of signal

Service: Loss of signal




STM1c-XCVR specifications

The STM1c-XCVR plug-in card specifications follow:

Signalling

Line coding Scrambled NRZI

Line rate 155.52 Mbps(payload: 149.76 Mbps; overhead 5.76 Mbps)

Transmit Levels



Minimum saturation level 1310 nm 0 dBm



Environmental




Dimensions





Compliance Designed to be compatible with ITU-T G.707



STM1cu-XCVR

STM1cu-XCVR description

The Synchronous Transport Module Concentrator/Uplink Transceiver (STM1cu-XCVR) plug-in card has two EdgeAccess ATM functions:

• A concentrator

• 155-Mbps uplink to an ATM network.

The STM1cu-XCVR plug-in card is compliant with SDH STM1 standards per ITU-T G.707. The STM1cu-XCVR plug-in card has a 155-Mbps interface. Both a transmitter and a receiver are on a single card, each connecting to a fiber-optic cable. The STM1cu-XCVR plug-in card uses a PIN receiver and a single-mode laser operating at 1310 nm. A link loss budget of 17 dB is possible. The STM1cu-XCVR plug-in card has single-mode FC/PC connectors.

As an uplink to the ATM data network, the STM1cu-XCVR interfaces to any UNI 3.1 compliant ATM switch or router and provides the terminal reference timing signal when provisioned as an uplink. The STM1cu-XCVR routes ATM cells to/from an ATM-over-STM1 network. When provisioned as an uplink, use one STM1cu-XCVR plug-in card per system. If an E1X-XCVR uplink card is used, use an STM1cu-XCVR in the same LET shelf to perform the ATM concentration function.

As a concentrator, the STM1cu-XCVR plug-in card allows up to 31 incoming ATM pipes. The pipes are provisionable in size up to16 Mbps. The concentrator aggregates these incoming pipes into a single ATM pipe through the AccessMAX system.



STM1-cu-XCVR, continued

STM1cu-XCVR features

The EdgeAccess ATM STM1cu-XCVR plug-in card has the following features:

• Can serve as system timing reference

• ITU-T G.707 compliant with a 17 dB link loss budget

• 1310 single-mode fiber for its STM1c interface


• 155 Mbps optical interface

• Uses two fibers: one transmit and one receive

• Provides fiber uplink to the local exchange switch

• In combination with an E1X-XCVR, provides copper uplink to the local exchange

• Dual-memory support for non-service affecting upgrade



STM1cu-XCVR, continued

STM1cu-XCVR faceplate

The STM1cu-XCVR faceplate has the following LEDs:

STM1cu-XCVR

Item LED Color Function



Flashing green

Plug-in card is in loopback

SYNC Green or Blue

Uplink: ATM cell synchronization


LOS Red Uplink: Loss of signal




STM1cu-XCVR, continued

STM1cu-XCVR specifications

The STM1cu-XCVR plug-in card specifications follow:

Signalling

Line coding Scrambled Binary


Transmit Levels



Minimum saturation level 1310 nm -4 dBm



Environmental




Dimensions







March 12, 2002 AFC AccessMAX System DescriptionRel 8.0EE User Interface

User Interface

Chapter Overview


Topic Page UI

Craft Interface 3

Utility Package Overview 11

AccessManager 13

© 2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information.Rev 1 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC SD • UI • 1

AFC AccessMAX System Description March 12, 2002User Interface Rel 8.0EE

© 2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information.SD • UI • 2 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC Rev 1


Craft Interface

Section Overview


Introduction The AccessMAX Craft Interface is a simple, menu-driven interface. Input a valid user identification and password to gain access to the system.

The AccessMAX system searches for and uses an available 64-kbps channel to carry provisioning and alarm information from terminal to terminal. If all channels are busy, the AccessMAX system uses the frame alignment bits to carry this information. This process does not affect telephone traffic and is transparent to the user.

See the AccessMAX User Interface manual for more detailed information.

Topic Page UI

Craft Interface Description 4

Craft Interface Menu Tree for Release 8.0EE 5

Craft Interface Alarms 7

System Monitoring Interfaces 8

Traffic Statistics 9



Craft Interface Description

Introduction The AccessMAX Craft Interface is simple and menu-driven. It gives users quick and easy provisioning, maintenance, traffic monitoring, testing, and administrative commands.

Enter a valid user ID and password to use the Craft Interface. After 15 minutes of keyboard inactivity, or if you select the Log Off command, the system logs you out. You must re-enter a valid ID and password to resume using the Craft Interface.

Access You can connect to the AccessMAX Craft Interface in four different ways:

• Through the RS232-C connector on the primary CBA at the LET or RST, using either a dumb terminal or a terminal emulation program on a PC.

• Through pins C5 and D5 on the primary CBA backplane at the LET or RST, using either a dumb terminal or a terminal emulation program on a PC.

• Through a modem by dialing up and accessing the LET or any RST. Any visual display unit can communicate with the AccessMAX system through the RSC232-C connector located on each CBA.

• Through a Telnet session using the IPMI plug-in card.

Menu structure From the Main Menu, you can navigate through commands in five sub-menus:

• Through the Provisioning Menu, you can perform system turn-up functions such as timing source selection, configuration customization, and transceiver and circuit settings selection.

• The Maintenance Menu supports alarm retrieval, remote alarm cutoff, retrieval of alarm history, and performance monitoring.

• Through the Testing Menu you have access to the built-in testing functions of the AccessMAX system. Testing options include a variety of software diagnostic tests, LED tests, loopback, and remote loop testing capabilities.

• The Traffic Menu gives you access to traffic status and statistics. This menu also provides for setting traffic alarm thresholds.

• The Administration Menu functions include setting the date and time, and adding, changing, or removing user IDs, passwords, and privileges.



Craft Interface Menu Tree for Release 8.0EE

Menu tree This illustration shows the Craft Interface menu tree for Release 8.0EE:

1. Provisioning Menu

1. System Provisioning Menu 1. List Equipment 3. List Power Supply Attributes 4. Modify Power Supply Attributes 5. List Pulse Metering Frequency 6. Modify Pulse Metering Frequency 7. List Timing Source 8. List TBOS Display 9. Modify TBOS Display 11. Modify Terminal Number 12. Set Survivable Transport Support

2. V5 Provisioning Menu 1. List V5 Interface Group 2. Modify V5 Interface Group 3. Delete V5 Interface Group 4. List Variant Parameters 5. Modify Variant Parameters 6. Switch to Standby Variant 7. List Communication Channels 8. Modify Communication Channels 9. Delete Communication Channels 10. List V5 Interface Equipment

4. Cross-Connect Provisioning Menu 1. List Cross-Connects 2. Modify Plug-in Cross-Connects 3. Delete Plug-in Cross-Connects 4. Modify Groomed Cross-Connects 5. Delete Groomed Cross-Connects 6. V5 Cross-Connect Provisioning Menu 1. List Port Assignments 2. Modify Port Assignments 3. Delete Port Assignments 4. List Port Status 5. Modify Port Status 6. Reassert Port Block State 7. Non-Persistent Port Block/Unblock 8. List ISDN Communication Channels 9. List Cross-Connect Attributes 10. Modify Plug-in Cross Connect Attributes 11. Modify Groomed Cross-Connect Attributes 14. Nx64 Cross-Connect Provisioning Menu 1. List Fractional Configuration 2. Modify Fractional Configuration 3. Delete Fractional Configuration 4. List Nx64 Cross-Connects 5. Modify Nx64 Cross-Connects 6. Delete Nx64 Cross-Connects

5. Transceiver Provisioning Menu 1. List Transceiver Settings 2. Modify Transceiver Settings 3. List Alarm Thresholds 4. Modify Alarm Thresholds

7. Special Circuits Provisioning Menu 1. List Analog Circuit Settings 2. Modify Analog Circuit Settings 3. List Digital Circuit Settings 4. Modify Digital Circuit Settings 5. List Alarm Thresholds 6. Modify Alarm Thresholds 7. List ADSL Port Profiles 8. Modify ADSL Port Profiles 9. List ADSL Port Profile Usage 10. List SHDSL Port Profiles 11. Modify SHDSL Port Profiles 12. List SHDSL Port Profile Usage 13. List DMT Carrier Mask 14. Modify DMT Carrier Mask

8. Metallic Test Provisioning Menu 1. List CO Test Interfaces 2. Modify CO Test Interfaces 3. List Remote Test Interfaces 4. Modify Remote Test Interfaces

10. Management Interfaces Provisioning Menu 3. List IPMI Settings 4. Modify IPMI Settings

12. Timing Provisioning Menu 1. List Timing Configuration 2. Modify Timing Configuration 3. Select Timing Input

13. ATM Provisioning Menu 1. List ATM Virtual Connections 2. Modify ATM Virtual Connections 3. Delete ATM Virtual Connections 4. List Blocked Virtual Connections 5. List ATM Virtual Connection Status 6. ATM over TDM Provisioning Menu 1. List ATM Pipe Cross-Connects 2. Modify ATM Pipe Cross-Connects 3. Delete ATM Pipe Cross-Connects 4. List ATM Virtual Connection Path

7. Connection Admission Control Provisioning Menu 1. List System CAC Parameters 2. Modify System CAC Parameters 3. List Uplink CAC Parameters 4. Modify Uplink CAC Parameters8. List ATM Traffic Profiles9. Modify ATM Traffic Profiles10. List Protection Group11. Modify Protection Group12. Delete Protection Group13. List ATM Terminal Mode14. Set ATM Terminal Mode



Craft Interface Menu Tree for Release 8.0E, continued

Menu tree, continued

5. Administration Menu

2. Security Menu 1. List User Security Data 2. Set User Security Data 3. Delete User Security Data 4. Set Password Aging Grace Period

1. Date and Time Menu 1. List Date and Time 2. Set Date 3. Set Time

3. Terminal Options Menu 1. List Terminal Options 2. Set Terminal Options 3. List Terminal ID 4. Set Terminal ID

5. Set Console Type

4. Traffic Menu1. List Current Traffic Status2. List Traffic Statistics3. Reset Traffic Statistics4. Set Traffic Alarm Threshold5. List ATM Traffic Statistics6. Reset ATM Traffic Statistics

3. Testing Menu2. Perform Lamp Test3. List Loopbacks4. Set Loopbacks6. Perform Alarm Test

7. Drop Test Menu 1. Perform Drop Test 2. List Drop Test Thresholds 3. Modify Drop Test Thresholds

8. List Terminal Temperatures10. List Jack Access11. Set Jack Access

2. Maintenance Menu1. List Current Alarms2. List Alarm History3. V5 Maintenance Menu 1. List V5.2 Link State 2. Modify V5.2 Link Blocking 3. Reassert V5.2 Link Block State 4. Non-Persistent V5.2 Link Block/Unblock 5. Perform V5.2 Link ID Check 6. Enable/Disable Interface Group 7. Perform V5.2 C-Channel Protection Switch 8. Perform Variant Switchover 9. Create AN Fault 10. Restart PSTN Protocol 11. Request Interface ID and Variant ID 12. Request C-Channel Path

10. Modify ACO Configuration11. Alarm Suppression12. Modify Audible Alarm Configuration13. Manual Protection Switch14. Manual Software Activation15. List Uncalibrated Equipment

5. List Digital Line Card Status6. Operate Alarm Cut Off7. Clear Alarm History9. Operate Extended Alarm Cut Off

4. Performance Monitoring Menu 1. List Performance Monitoring Data 2. List Performance Data 3. Initialize Performance Monitoring Data 4. List Performance Monitoring Thresholds 5. Modify Performance Monitoring Thresholds 6. Disable/Enable Threshold Crossing Alerts



Craft Interface Alarms

Description The AccessMAX Craft Interface delivers alarm messages either automatically or on user request. Alarm severities include critical, major, minor, status, and event. The Craft Interface reports alarms at various points along the call path, including the AccessMAX equipment, the span, CPE, etc. See the AccessMAX User Interface manual for a complete list of Craft Interface alarms.

AccessMAX transceiver, control, power, and service plug-in cards have status LEDs on the faceplates, allowing some system monitoring and maintenance functions without a visual display terminal. On the faceplates of certain plug-in cards, bantam test jacks give access to tip/ring pairs, service clocks, and battery voltages.

Relay contact closures provide system alarm monitoring interfaces. The RAI plug-in card expands the existing contact alarm monitoring capability by adding six additional contact points. Provision the RAI through the Craft Interface to allow either alarm set or alarm clear status based on either a contact closure or a contact open. Provision alarm severity for each contact circuit. The RAI also associates an optional user-defined 20-character ASCII string with each input contact circuit.

See the AccessMAX Troubleshooting Guide for detailed procedures to isolate and clear alarms. In addition to alarm-specific troubleshooting procedures, the manual includes procedures to troubleshoot customer-reported problems.



System Monitoring Interfaces

Others AccessMAX also supports AccessManager (AFC’s Element Management System) monitoring of the system. For a description of AccessManager, see “AccessManager” on page UI • 13 of this manual.

Card placement rules

The following table describes plug-in card placement rules for system monitoring:

System Monitoring Plug-in Cards in LET Plug-in Cards in RST

AccessManager IPMI N/A



Traffic Statistics

Description The AccessMAX system allows easy monitoring of system and ATM traffic statistics. The Craft User Interface displays current and past system traffic statistics, as well as traffic data for each remote terminal. The Craft User Interface displays ATM traffic for each xDSL plug-in card port, and for STM1c-XCVR and STM1cu-XCVR plug-in cards provisioned as uplinks and service cards.

TDM traffic statistics

You can monitor the following TDM traffic statistics:

• Number of originating and terminating calls

• Number of calls completed and blocked

• Length of time all channels in the system were busy

• Peak hourly call load for the system

ATM traffic statistics

You can monitor the following ATM traffic statistics:

• Received cell count

• Received OAM cell count

• Received marked cell count

• Received dropped cell count

• Received out of bounds cell count

• Received unassigned cell count

For definitions of traffic statistics, see the AccessMAX User Interface manual.





Utility Package Overview

AccessMAX Utility Package

Description The AccessMAX Utility Package (AUP) is a collection of graphical user interface (GUI) applications that allow AccessMAX user to perform maintenance procedures in Windows and Solaris environments.

AUP functions in three different modes to accomplish these maintenance procedures:

• Upgrade

• Database Backup

• Terminal Capture

Perform these functions over a serial port (Windows) or over TCP/IP networks (Windows and Solaris). Selecting one mode of operation disables the other two.

Order AUP from AFC Order Administration at (707) 792-3500, Option 2.

Upgrade mode Use the Upgrade mode to upgrade AccessMAX plug-in card software to the latest release level. You can use AUP to upgrade plug-in cards that contain software release 6.0 or higher. AFC distributes AUP on CD-ROMs that run on IBM-compatible PCs and on Solaris workstations.

Several AccessMAX plug-in cards have two memory chips installed. AUP upgrades one of the memory chips at a time, leaving the second chip to continue running uninterrupted service. The user then has the option to upgrade the second memory chip while the first chip provides service with the upgraded software. Plug-in cards without the dual-memory chips cannot provide service during the upgrade process. Most users equip these non-dual memory cards redundantly so that service continues during the upgrade.

Plug-in cards equipped with dual-memory chips for Release 7.0E are:

• E1AX-XCVR

• E3I-XCVR

• E1HD-ADTRAN

• CPU-2

• IDLP



AccessMAX Utility Package, continued

Upgrade mode, continued

Plug-in cards equipped with dual memory chips for Release 7.1E are:

• ADSL 2+6 • ADSL 6+0

• ADSL 6+6 • STM1cu-XCVR

Plug-in cards equipped with dual-memory chips for Release 8.0EE are:

• CPU-3

• EBC-3

• ELU-3

• ADSL 4+6

• STM1c-XCVR

• SHDSL

Database Backup mode

Use the Database Backup Mode to accomplish these maintenance procedures:

• System database backup

• Software revert

• Database restore

AUP enables you to back up the system configuration database automatically. The database is the system configuration data you entered from the AccessMAX Craft Interface, such as cross-connect mapping and provisionable line card and transceiver settings. In the event of a database loss, you can restore the system with minimal downtime.

Terminal Capture mode

Use the Terminal Capture mode to interact with the AccessMAX Craft Interface.



AccessManager

Description AccessManager, AFC’s Network Management System (NMS) is a point-and-click, graphical user interface for easy management of multiple AccessMAX systems.

AccessManager requirements

To use AccessManager, each Local Exchange Terminal (LET) must contain one IPMI (Internet Protocol Management Interface) plug-in card. The IPMI plug-in card enables SNMP agent, Craft Interface Telnet, and IP.

The AccessManager is currently supported on Sun Microsystems UNIX platforms scaled for the number of AccessMAX units to be managed.



AccessManager, continued

AccessManager features

Use AccessManager to manage your AccessMAX domain, regions, networks, systems, and terminals. With AccessManager, you can:

• Provision ADSL/ATM VCCs

• Provision cross-connects

• Provision plug-in cards and slots

• Manage alarms within the AccessMAX system

• Manage AccessMAX system events

• Manage IP-based equipment such as IADs

• Display AccessMAX equipment

• Create and modify filters

• Create and modify reports

AccessManager audience

AccessManager documentation is written for two different audiences:

• Part A: Introduction to the AccessManager for End Users is for the surveillance technician. Part A presents information needed for AFC network monitoring.

• Part B: Introduction to the AccessManager for System Administrators is for system administrators. Part B presents information needed to understand the underlying structure of the AccessManager as well as its operation.


March 12, 2002 AFC AccessMAX System DescriptionRel 8.0EE Loop Testing

Loop Testing

Chapter Overview


Description This chapter describes the following in detail:

• The MTU (Metallic Test Unit) is an optional plug-in card that is fully integrated into the AccessMAX Craft Interface.

The following pages contain a descriptions of the loop test supported by the MTU and a configuration diagram.

Topic Page LoopTest

Supported Test Procedures 3

MTU Configuration 4

© 2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information.Rev 1 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC SD • LoopTest • 1

AFC AccessMAX System Description March 12, 2002Loop Testing Rel 8.0EE

© 2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information.SD • LoopTest • 2 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC Rev 1

March 12, 2002 AFC AccessMAX System DescriptionRel 8.0EE Loop Testing

Supported Test Procedures

MTU testing The MTU plug-in card supports the following test procedures:

See the AccessMAX Turn-Up, Test, and Maintenance and the AccessMAX User Interface manuals for information on performing system tests.

AC and DC Hazardous Voltages

Tests for a line cross to a power utility line or other source of high voltage. If a voltage reading is greater than the provisioned threshold, the test reports a failure. Range: 30 V–100 V.

AC and DC Foreign Voltage

Tests for a line cross to another POTS line or an induced voltage in the line. If the AC or DC voltages on either line are greater than the provisioned threshold, the test reports a failure. Range: 4 V–20 V.

Common Mode Resistive Faults to Ground

Tests for ground faults. The lines must be isolated from ground. If the test measures a resistance of less than the provisioned threshold from either leg to ground, the test reports a failure.

DC Resistance between lines

Tests for resistive faults between subscriber lines. If all telephone instruments are on-hook, the test measures a high DC resistance between the lines. If the resistance is low, there is a telephone receiver off-hook or there is a resistive fault between lines. If the resistance between lines is less than the provisioned threshold, the Receiver Off-Hook test runs to check for a receiver off-hook. If no off-hook is detected, the test reports a failure. Range: 5 kΩ – 150 kΩ.

Receiver Off-Hook

Monitors the resistance between lines. The test passes a test current through the line and monitors the current transfer characteristics. If the characteristics are non-linear, the telephone instrument is off-hook. Linear characteristics indicate a resistive fault between lines.

REN and Ringer Capacitance

Tests the AC impedance at the ringing frequency by applying 40 Vac peak-to-peak to the line. Ringer Equivalents are determined in accordance with Telcordia TA-NWT-000909. If the REN value is under 0.10, the test reports an REN failure. The capacitance value reports. If the AC impedance is over the provisioned threshold, the test reports a REN failure. Range: 7 kΩ – 140 kΩ.

© 2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information.Rev 1 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC SD • LoopTest • 3

AFC AccessMAX System Description March 12, 2002Loop Testing Rel 8.0EE

MTU Configuration

Loop testing interface

The figure below shows a typical AccessMAX loop testing interface configuration using the MTU (Metallic Test Unit) plug-in card.

To perform metallic loop testing via the AccessMAX system in this configuration, the LET resides in the local exchange building with the switch. RSTs can reside in a remote cabinet, or be rack-mounted in a CEV (Controlled Environment Vault) or on a subscriber’s premises.

Loop testing in this configuration requires no specific plug-in cards at the LET. The MTU plug-in card must reside in each RST where testing is required.

Any transport media between the LET and RST supports loop testing.

Consult the “Testing Menu” section of the AccessMAX User Interface manual for further information on provisioning the AccessMAX system for loop testing.


Analog, V5.1, or V5.2

interfaces to the CO Switch

ToSwitchedNetwork

RST

RSTLET

One MTU

RSTOne MTU

One MTU Local

Switch

Fiber

Fiber

T1

© 2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information.SD • LoopTest • 4 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC Rev 1

March 12, 2002 AFC AccessMAX System DescriptionRel 8.0EE Glossary

Glossary

Terms and Acronyms

Admonishment definitions

ALERT: You are in a situation that could cause damage to equipment, software, loss of data, or loss of service.

ESD ALERT: You are in a situation that could cause equipment damage or degradation of performance due to Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) event.

CAUTION! You are in a situation that could result in minor or moderate bodily injury if not avoided.

DANGER! You are in a situation that will result in death or serious bodily injury if not avoided.

DANGER! Invisible laser radiationOptical fibers emit invisible laser radiation. Avoid direct exposure to the beam. NEVER look into the end of a fiber, fiber cord, or a fiber pigtail. Permanent eye damage or blindness can occur quickly when laser radiation is present.

© 2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information.Rev 1 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC SD • Glossary • 1

AFC AccessMAX System Description March 12, 2002Glossary Rel 8.0EE

Terms and Acronyms, continued

2B1Q Two binary, one quaternary. An ISDN line encoding technique.

2B+D The basic service offered by ISDN to a subscriber. It consists of two basic (B) 64-kbps channels and one 16-kbps data (D) channel for a data rate of 144 kbps.

2W A 2-wire circuit (Analog or Digital).

4W A 4-wire circuit (Analog or Digital).

768HD-XCVR 768-HDSL Transceiver plug-in card

A-LAW The PCM coding and companding standard used in Europe and in areas outside of North American influence. A-LAW encoding is the method of encoding sampled audio waveforms used in the 2.048 Mbps, 30-channel PCM primary system known as E-carrier.

A and B bits Bits used for signaling information in robbed bit signaling.

A and B Tip and Ring.

Accelerated port alignment

The protocol (as defined in V5 recommendations) for aligning the states of the ports of a V5 interface group between the AN and the LE without having to unblock each port individually.

AccessMAX AFC’s family of multi-service access platforms, including DMAX, UMC, FibreMAX, EMAX and EMAXplus, and associated equipment such as plug-in cards, test heads, remote telecom cabinets, and accessories.

ACO Alarm Cut Off.

Administrative state

The desired state of the E1 or port (blocked, unblocked, etc.) as requested by the operator of the Access Network (AN).

ADPCM Adaptive Differential Pulse Code Modulation (per CCITT). A speech coding method which uses fewer bits than the traditional PCM. ADPCM calculates the difference between two consecutive speech samples in standard PCM coded telecom voice channels. ADPCM allows an analog voice conversation to be carried within a digital channel which is half the space PCM allows.

© 2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information.SD • Glossary • 2 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC Rev 1



ADSL Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line. A general name for an evolving high-speed transmission technology developed by Bellcore and now standardized by ANSI as T1.413. ADSL uses existing UTP copper wires from the telephone company’s central office to the subscriber’s premises. ADSL equipment in the central office sends high speed digital signals to the subscriber’s equipment up and down the copper wires. ADSL sends more information one way than the other, hence the word asymmetrical.

ADSL2+6 ADSL2+6 plug-in card; delivers 2 data circuits and 6 POTS circuits per card.

ADSL6+6 ADSL6+6 plug-in card; delivers 6 data circuits and 6 POTS circuits per card.

ADTRAN Telecommunications equipment manufacturer.

ADU Asynchronous Data Unit plug-in card.

AFC Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc.

AGC Automatic Gain Control.

AIS Alarm Indication Signal.

AMI Alternate Mark Inversion. The line coding format in T-1 transmission systems whereby successive ones (marks) are alternately inverted (sent with polarity opposite that of the preceding mark).

AMP-Champ 25-pair indoor cable connector.

AN Access network: AccessMAX equipment is AN equipment.

ANSI American National Standards Institute. A standards setting, non-government organization which develops and publishes standards for “voluntary” use in the United States.

AIOD Automatic Identification of Outward Dialing.

APR Alarm Processing Remote

ATB All Trunks Busy.

ATM Asynchronous Transfer Mode. ATM is a high bandwidth, low-delay, connection-oriented, packet-like switching and multiplexing technique. Usable capacity is segmented into 53-byte fixed-size cells, consisting of header and information fields, allocated to services on demand.




ATM pipe A virtual cross-connection made between ATM plug-in cards to allow ATM cell transport.

AWG American Wire Gauge.

B8ZS Binary 8 Zero Substitution. A coding technique used in DS-1 to maintain proper density.

Battery reversal Voltage polarity reversal used for signaling.

BCH parity code

An error correction method.

BCC Bearer channel connection.

Bel A relative measurement, denoting a factor of ten change.

BER Bit Error Rate. The ratio of error bits to the total number of bits transmitted. BER is a measure of transmission quality. It is generally shown as a negative exponent (e.g., 10 to the minus 7 which means 1 out of 10,000,000 bits are in error).

BERT Bit Error Rate Test. A known pattern of bits is transmitted and errors received are counted to figure the BER.

BIT7 A DS-1 coding technique that forces bit 7 of each byte to 1 to maintain 12.5% ones density.

BITS Building Integrated Timing Source. In North America, the clocks that provide and distribute timing to a wireline network’s lower levels.

Blocked Not operational; status of a link, port, etc.

BRA Basic Rate Access. A Canadian term for the ISDN 2B+D standard, which is called BRI in the U.S. Supported over V5.1 and V5.2.

BRI Basic Rate Interface. An ISDN term for 2 B (2 x 64 kbps) + D (16 kbps) service. A total of 144 kbps is delivered over an analog pair to a subscriber.

Buffer A temporary storage location for information being sent or received.

Butt-Set Analog handset used to test phone lines.

CAS-CC Channel Associated Signaling on a Common Channel.

CBA Channel Bank Assembly.




CBX Computerized branch exchange.

C-channel Communications channel. Carries PSTN, CTRL, Link CTRL, BCC and PROT protocols. Also carries ISDN D-channel information. Timeslots 15, 16, and 31 on any span may be used as c-channels. In V5.1, timeslot 16 is always a c-channel. In V5.2, timeslots 16 on both the primary and secondary E1 links are always c-channels, and make up PG1. Any other c-channels make up PG2.

C-channel ID A unique identifier for an individual c-channel. The ID must be coordinated with the LE.

CCITT Comite Consultatif International de Telephone et Telegraphique. Translated: the International Telephone and Telegraph Consultative Committee.

CCS Centi Call Seconds. One hundred call seconds or one hundred seconds of telephone conversation. One hour of telephone traffic is equal to 36 CCS (60 x 60 = 3600 divided by 100 = 36) which is equal to one erlang. CCS are used in network optimization.

CDU Co-directional Data Unit plug-in card.

CEV Controlled Environment Vault. A chamber that houses equipment under strict environmental conditions.

CLASS Custom Local Area Signaling Services. CLASS consists of number-translation services such as call-forwarding and caller identification, available within a Local Access and Transport Area (LATA).

CLEI Common Language Equipment Identification. Codes assigned by Bellcore to provide a standard method of identifying telecommunications equipment in a uniform, feature-oriented language.

CNX1048 A component of AFC’s FibreMAX fiber-to the-curb solution. The CNX1048 functions as an Optical Network Unit (ONU) for the FibreMAX2000. The CNX1048 includes an environmentally controlled enclosure and a DMAX1048 Channel Bank Assembly with an integrated protection panel.

CO Central Office. In North America, a CO is that location which houses a switch to serve local telephone subscribers.

CODEC COder and DECoder. Device used to convert from analog to digital and vice versa.

Concentrator An OC3cu-XCVR card provisioned to receive up to 32 ATM pipes.




CPE Customer Premise Equipment.

CPU Central Processing Unit plug-in card.

CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check. A process used to check the integrity of a block of data. A CRC character is generated at the transmission end. Its value depends on the hexadecimal value of the number of ones in the data block.

Critical alarm A user-definable alarm condition. Usually defined as a condition when all service is lost.

Crosstalk Noise, usually induced from an adjacent wire pair onto another wire pair. When you hear another conversation on your phone line, you hear crosstalk.

CSA Carrier Serving Area.

CSU Channel Service Unit.

CTRL Control.

dB Decibel. One tenth of a Bel. A Bel is the log decimal of a ratio.

DBP Digital Bypass Pair plug-in card.

DCS Digital Cross-Connect System. A device for switching and rearranging private line voice, private line analog data, and T-1 lines.

DDS Digital Data Service. DDS is a private line digital service, typically with data rates at 2,400, 4,800, 9,600, and 56,000 bits per second.

DDU Digital Data Unit plug-in card. The DDU plug-in card extends the existing Diginet “kilostream” links. It supports two separate Diginet channels of 71.1 kbps each by using four 64-kbps channels (two per circuit).

Deferred block A graceful shutdown of a port/link. This command from the operator results in a request from the AN to the LE for blocking the link. No call types are lost in such a block.

DID Direct Inward Dial. A DID trunk is a trunk from the central office which passes the last two to four digits of the listed directory number to the PBX. Therefore, an external caller may reach an internal extension by dialing a 7-digit central office number. DID allows for an external caller to dial inside a company without going through an attendant.




DIN connector A cable connector that meets worldwide dimensional standards

DLC Digital Loop Carrier. Network transmission equipment used to provide a pair gain function. DLC’s consist of a Central Office terminal, and a remote terminal. The Central Office terminal provides the multiplexing/ demultiplexing function of individual voice signals to the composite multiplexed signal at the interface between the switching equipment and the DLC. The remote terminal provides the multiplexing/demultiplexing function at the interface between the individual subscriber pairs and the DLC.

DLX Datalink Exchange unit.

DL-XCVR Datalink (analog) Transceiver.

DMAX DSL Multi-Service Access. A multi-service access platform within AFC’s AccessMAX product family. DMAX delivers high-density broadband telephony services, as well as all traditional narrowband and wideband services. The DMAX1120 is a 120-line channel bank assembly; the DMAX1048 is a 48-line channel bank assembly. Both CBAs are functionally compatible with all AccessMAX products. DMAX CBAs can be rack mounted or installed in a variety of remote telecom cabinets.

DOD Direct Outward Dial. The ability to dial outbound directly from an extension without having to go through an operator or attendant.

Drop-and-Insert Terminology referring to adding terminals in a given configuration.

DS0 Digital Signal Level Zero. One 64-channel.

DS0A Refers to a process where a sub-rate signal is repeated 20, 10, or 5 times to make a 64-DS0 channel.

DS0B One 64-channel divided up by a sub-rate digital multiplexer to offer multiple lower speed circuits.

DS0-DP DS0 Data Port plug-in card.

DS3I-XCVR DS3 Interterminal Transceiver plug-in card.

DSL Digital Subscriber Line.

DSL MSAP Digital Subscriber Line Multi-Service Access Platform.

DSX/DSX-1 Digital Signal Cross Connect/Digital Signal Cross Connect for DS-1.




DS-1 Digital Signal Level 1. Data rate is 1.544 Mbps. A DS1 has 24 data channels (64 each) and 8 for signaling.

DS-3 Digital Signal Level 3. Data rate is 44.736 Mbps. A DS3 has 28 DS1s encapsulated.

DSU Digital Service Unit. Converts synchronous interface to 4-wire digital circuit.

DTE Data Termination Equipment.

DTF Dial Tone First. A type of pay phone service in which dial tone is received when the caller goes off-hook and coins must be inserted only after the call is connected.

DTMF Dual Tone Multi-Frequency. A term describing push button or touchtone dialing. In DTMF, when you touch a button on a push button pad, it makes a tone, which is actually a combination of two tones, one high frequency and one low frequency.

DTR Data Terminal Ready. A data transmission handshake protocol.

DVM Digital Volt Meter Dynamic Range. The range in which normal operating conditions occur, usually expressed in dB.

Dynamic range The range in which normal operating conditions occur. Dynamic range is normally expressed in dB.

DX Duplex signaling. A direct current signaling system that transmits signals directly on the cable pair. DX is typically used on long metallic trunks.

E1 A digital circuit used primarily in Europe. It operates at 2.048 Mbps and offers 30 voice channels.

E1A Asynchronous, 2.048-Mbps, G.703-compliant card used to provide service to a subscriber. The timing is not altered.

E1AX Asynchronous E1 Transceiver plug-in card

E1HD-XCVR 2.048 Mbps, G.704-compliant transceiver plug-in card that uses HDSL technology.

E1 Pri The primary E1 link in a V5.1 or V5.2 interface group.

E1 Sec The secondary E1 link in a V5.2 interface group.




E1-XCVR Line-powering 2.048-Mbps, G.704-compliant transceiver plug-in card.

E1X-XCVR Non-line powering 2.048-Mbps, G.703/G.704-compliant transceiver plug-in card; used to interface a line interface terminal

E2-XCVR 8.448 Mbps, G.703-compliant transceiver plug-in card.

E3-XCVR 34.368 Mbps, G.703-compliant transceiver plug-in card.

E3 A digital circuit that operates at 34.368 Mbps.

E3I-XCVR E3 Interterminal Transceiver plug-in card

EBC Expansion Bank Control plug-in card. Controls an expansion shelf.

EdgeAccess ATM™

AFC’s ADSL service.

ELEPL Equal Level Echo Path Loss.

ELU Expansion Link Unit plug-in card. Links primary and expansion shelves.

EMAXEMAXplus

AFC’s retrofit and upgrade kits for exhausted, third-party remote telecom cabinets. EMAX uses the UMC1000 and associated cables and hardware. EMAXplus uses the DMAX1120, along with associated fans, cables, and hardware.

EOC Embedded Operations Channel; GR-303 data link.

ENPSU Extended Network Power Supply Unit plug-in card.

Environmentally hardened

Able to withstand a temperature range from -40°F to +149°F (-40°C to +65°C) and 5%-95% humidity, non-condensing.

ERL Echo Return Loss. The difference between a frequency signal and the echo on that signal as it reaches its destination.

Erlang A measure of telephone traffic. One Erlang is equal to one hour of full usage.

ES Errored Second. A second in which at least one error occurred.

ESD Electrostatic Discharge.




ESF Extended Super Frame. A T1 format that uses the 193rd bit as a framing bit. ESF provides frame synchronization, cyclic redundancy checking, and data link bits. This standard allows error information to be stored and retrieved easily, facilitating network performance monitoring and maintenance.

ETI External Timing Interface plug-in card.

ETS European Telecommunication Standard.

ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute. ETSI’s main aim is the unrestricted communication between all the member states by the provision of essential European standards.

Express power A method of powering remote equipment using copper pairs along a transmission facility. Also called network power.

E&M In telephony, a trunking arrangement that is generally used for two-way switch-to-switch or switch-to-network connections. The E&M leads are used for signaling and supervisory purposes. Changes of voltage on these leads convey such information as seizure of circuit, recognition of seizure, release of circuit, dialed digits, etc.

E&M plug-in card

E&M plug-in card; for use in 2-wire specials and 4-wire E&M applications.

FAA Fuse and Alarm Assembly.

FCAPS Fault, Configuration, Performance, and Security management

FC/PC Fiber Connector Polished Convex. Connector used on the FO-XCVR, FOB-XCVR, and FOW-XCVR.

FDP Fiber Distribution Panel.

FibreMAX AFC’s fiber-to-the-curb solution. A member of the AccessMAX family of multi-service access platforms. FibreMAX consists of the FibreMAX2000 and CNX1048 Optical Network Unit (ONU). FibreMAX allows for fiber deployment closer to the customer. The FibreMAX solution is a flexible, scalable, and rapidly deployable way to offer more customers more high-speed services while maximizing existing infrastructure.




FibreMAX2000 A component of the FibreMAX fiber-to-the-curb product. The FibreMAX2000 hybrid power node provides both Fiber-to-the-Curb (FTTC) and multi-service access platform (MSAP) applications. It can also provide pure FTTC or pure MSAP. The environmentally controlled RSC/2000 cabinet houses the MSAP and/or a Fiber-to-the-Curb (FTTC) system in various configurations. The FTTC system in the FibreMAX2000 primarily supports CNX1048 Optical Network Units (ONUs).

Firebar ringing Continuous ringing supported by the R-UVG plug-in card.

Forced block An immediate/unconditional block of a port or link. This may lead to call failures.

FO-XCVR Fiber-Optic Transceiver plug-in card. Transmits and receives at 49.152 Mbps.

FOB-XCVR Bi-Directional Fiber-Optic Transceiver plug-in card. Transmits and receives at 49.152 Mbps on a single fiber rather than a dual-fiber cable.

FOS-XCVR Fiber-Optic Transceiver plug-in card

FOW-XCVR WDM Fiber-Optic Transceiver plug-in card.

Fractional T1 Any data transmission rate between 56 kbps and 1.544 Mbps. Not a full T1. Usually provided on 4-wire circuits.

Frame A group of data bits in a specific format, with a flag at each end to indicate the beginning and end of the frame. The defined format enables network equipment to recognize the meaning and purpose of specific bits.

FSK Frequency Shift Keying. A modulation technique for data transmission. FSK shifts the frequency above the carrier for a 1 and below the carrier for a 0 (zero).

FT1/FT3 Fractional T1/T3. See Fractional T1.

FTTC Fiber to the curb.

FTTH Fiber to the home.

FXO Foreign Exchange Office. Foreign Exchange service is a service that can be ordered from the telephone company that provides local telephone service from a Central Office which is outside (foreign to) the subscriber’s exchange area. In its simplest form, a user can pick up the phone in one city and receive a dial tone in the foreign city.




FXS Foreign exchange station.

Gas tube Protector plugs that fit in a panel to protect against lightning surges.

GFI Ground Fault Interrupt. A device intended to interrupt the electrical circuit when the fault current to ground exceeds a predetermined value (usually 4 to 6 milliamps) that is less than required to operate the overcurrent protection (fuse or breaker) for the circuit. The device is intended to protect personnel against electrocution. It does not protect against fire from circuit overload.

GMT A fuse type.

GND Ground.

GR-303 A switch interface in which T1s interface directly with the switch.

Groom To combine partial T1 input trunks to create fully filled T1 output trunks.

Ground start A type of signaling on subscriber trunks in which one side of the two wire trunk (typically the “Ring” conductor of the Tip and Ring) is momentarily grounded to get dialtone.

GUI Graphical User Interface.

Hayes® AT command set

A standard set of instructions used to program smart modems.

HDSL High-bit-rate Digital Subscriber Line. A technology to put an up to two-way T1 on a normal unshielded twisted pair up to 20,000 feet (6,100 meters) non-repeatered.

Hybrid A circuit that performs analog 2-wire to 4-wire conversion

IAD Integrated Access Device.

IATO International Advanced Transmission Only plug-in card.

IDLC Integrated Digital Loop Carrier. Access equipment that extends Central Office services. IDLC connects to a SONET ring on the network side while providing telephony services on the subscriber side (POTS, ISDN, etc.).

Idle channel noise

The total power received on an analog channel when no analog input signal is present at the remote end.




IDLP International Datalink Processor plug-in card. The plug-in card that controls the V5 interface. Insert into any general purpose slot of the primary shelf of the Access Network (AN) LET.

Insertion loss The end-to-end loss of a system element.

Interface group In V5, a logical group of physical resources such as ports and links. This kind of logical grouping aids the signaling between the AN and the LE. It also helps the network operator to classify/identify the physical resources uniquely.

Interface ID An identification number that refers to a V5 module at the LE.

IPMI Internet Protocol Management Interface plug-in card.

ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network. ISDN comes in two forms. BRI is 144 kbps and designed for the desktop. PRI is 1.544 Mbps and designed for telephone switches, computer telephony, and voice processing systems.

ITO International Transmit Only plug-in card.

ITU-T International Telecommunications Union-Telecommunications Services Sector, based in Geneva, Switzerland. The ITU-T is a United Nations agency with the charter of maintaining and extending international cooperation for the improvement and interconnectivity of equipment and systems through the establishment of technical standards.

Jitter If a network provides various latency (i.e., different waiting times) for different packets or cells, it introduces jitter, which is particularly disruptive to audio communications because it can cause audible pops and clicks. Technically, jitter is the phase shift of digital pulses over a transmission medium.

kbps Kilo (thousand) bits per second.

LE Local exchange switch.

LED Light Emitting Diode.

LET Local Exchange Terminal. A part of Access MAX equipment, generally installed at the Central Office.

L-EBS LET Electronic Business Set plug-in card.

L-PAY LET Payphone plug-in card.

L-POTS LET POTS plug-in card.




L-PSU LET Power Supply Unit plug-in card.

L-UVG LET Universal Voice Grade plug-in card.

LI-APOTS LET International Advanced POTS plug-in card

LI-ISDN LET Integrated Subscriber Digital Network plug-in card

LI-POTS LET International POTS plug-in card.

LI-VPOTS LET International POTS plug-in card

Line powering A technique for powering line repeaters.

Line build out Attenuation adjustments made to DS1 lines for longer or shorter transmission facilities.

Link An individual E1 span from the AN to the LE.

Link ID In V5.2, a number assigned to designate a specific E1 link from the LET to the LE. This number is common to the AN and the LE.

Loading coil A coil placed on local loops exceeding 18,000 feet (5,490 meters) in length. Compensates for capacitive effect and boosts voice grade frequencies.

Loopback Connection of the transmit signal back into the receive. Used for trouble isolation.

Loop-up/down To put up a loopback/take one down.

L3 address Level 3 address. Can be used to address a port or a subscriber.

Major alarm An alarm condition in which at least 24 but fewer than 100 customers could be out of service.

MAP Maintenance and Administration Panel.

Mbps Mega (million) bits per second.

MCS Micro Computer Systems, a manufacturer of remote test heads compatible with AFC equipment.

MDF Main Distribution Frame. A wiring arrangement which connects the telephone lines coming from outside on one side and the internal lines on the other. A MDF may also carry protective devices as well as function as a central testing point.




Minor alarm An alarm condition in which fewer than 24 customers could be out of service or which has no effect on service.

MITS Microcomputer Integrated Test System.

MJ Major.

MLT Mechanized Loop Testing.

MN Minor.

MODEM MOdulator/DEModulator. Equipment that converts digital signals to analog signals and vice-versa. Modems are used to send data signals (digital) over the telephone network, which is usually analog. The modem modulates the ones and zeros into tones which can be carried by the phone network. At the other end, the demodulator part of the modem converts the tones back into digital ones and zeros.

MS2 Modular Splicing System. Also referred to as “MS squared” and “MS2.”

MTBF Mean Time Between Failure. The length of time a user may reasonably expect a device or system to work before an incapacitating fault occurs.

MTTR Mean Time To Repair. The average time required to return a failed device or system to service.

MTU Metallic Test Unit plug-in card.

MULDEM MULtiplexer/DEMultiplexer. Arranges lower speed circuits into higher speed circuits and vice versa.

MUX Multiplexer. Electronic equipment which allows two or more signals to pass over one communications circuit. That “circuit” may be a phone line, a microwave circuit, or a through-the-air TV signal. The circuit may be analog or digital.

µ-LAW “ Mu Law.” The PCM coding and companding standard used in North America and Japan. Compliant with CCITT G.711.

NEBS Network Equipment Building System.

NEMA National Electronic Manufacturing Association.

NEND Near end.




NGDLC Next Generation Digital Loop Carrier.

NI Network Interface. The demarcation point between the PSTN and CPE.

NMA Network Monitoring and Analysis.

NMS Network Management System. The system responsible for managing the network. The NMS talks to network management agents, which reside in the managed nodes, via a network management protocol.

Node One location/place/terminal/unit in a network.

Non-deferred block

In V5, the kind of blocking done by sending a request to the LE for blocking the link immediately by tearing down the calls on that link. Applies to links only.

NPSU Network Power Supply Unit

NRZI Non-Return to Zero Inverted. Line coding scheme.

Null modem cable

A special RS-232C cable that allows computers to communicate without a modem.

OAM&P Operations and Administrative Maintenance and Provisioning.

OCU-DP Office Channel Unit Data Port plug-in card.

OC-1 Optical Carrier Level 1. 51.84 Mbps.

OC-3 Optical Carrier Level 3. 155.52 Mbps.

OC3cu-XCVR Optical Carrier Level 3 Concentrator/Uplink Transceiver plug-in card.

ONU Optical Network Unit.

On hook/Off hook

The two states of a phone. On hook is a wait state that can receive ringing voltage to signal an incoming call. Off hook is for dialing and conversation.

Operational state

In V5, the actual state of the resource (link/port) as opposed to the desired state. It depends upon the administrative (desired) state, the physical health of the resource, and the LE’s commands/responses.

ORB Office Repeater Bay.

OSI Operations Systems Interface plug-in card.




OSP Outside plant.

OTDR Optical Time Domain Reflectometer. A test and measurement device often used to check the accuracy of fusion splices and the location of fiber optic breakers.

Outpulsing The process of transmitting address information over a trunk from one switching center to another.

P-type data A type of ISDN D-channel data.

Pair gain The multiplexing of a number of signals over fewer physical facilities.

PairGain® Telecommunications equipment manufacturer.

Pay phone Pay phones used to only accept coins. Modern pay phones can be coinless and can read credit cards. Soon pay phones will have keyboards, computer screens, and dataports for plugging in fax machines and portable computers. The European equivalent is called a Public Phone.

PBX Private Branch Exchange. A smaller version of the phone company’s larger central switching office owned and located on the owner’s premises.

PCM Pulse Code Modulation. The most common method of encoding an analog voice signal into a digital bit stream. First, the amplitude of the voice conversation is sampled. This sample is then coded into a binary number. This digital number consists of zeros and ones. The voice signal can then be switched, transmitted, and stored digitally.

Peak Express power method that uses enough power pairs to meet the maximum (peak) power requirements of the equipment.

Peak load sharing

Express power method that uses enough power pairs to meet average power requirements of the equipment. Batteries are charged during low power usage periods, and then provide power during maximum (peak) power periods.

PG1 Protection Group 1. In V5.2, PG1 is always and only comprised of timeslot 16 on the primary E1 and timeslot 16 of the secondary E1. If no secondary E1 is used, PG1 is only timeslot 16 of the primary E1. V5.1 does not have protection groups.

PG2 Protection Group 2. In V5.2, all c-channels except timeslot 16 on both the primary and secondary E1s are part of PG2.

PIN receiver The optical sensor on a fiber-optic plug-in card.




Pipe path Series of ATM pipes that connects a subscriber’s ADSL port to the provider’s ATM network.

PLAR Private Line Automatic Ringdown. A leased voice circuit that connects two single instruments together. When either handset is lifted, the other instrument automatically rings.

PLR Pulse Link Repeater. A signaling set that interconnects the E and M leads of two circuits.

PM Performance Monitoring. A measure of the quality of service. PM identifies degrading or marginally operating systems prior to an alarm being generated.

POH Path Overhead. SONET overhead assigned to and transported with the payload until the payload is demultiplexed. It is used for functions that are necessary to transport the payload; i.e., end-to-end network management.

Port A subscriber, identified by a unique L3 address within an interface.

POTS Plain Old Telephone Service. The basic service supplying standard single line telephones, telephone lines, and access to the public switched network. A POTS line normally works on loop start signaling.

pps Pulses per second.

PRA Primary Rate Access. An ISDN ITU-T term used internationally to mean 23B+D and also 30B+D. The international version of PRI in the U.S. AccessMAX supports PRA over V5.2.

PRI Primary Rate Interface. An ISDN term for 23B + D service over a T1. That is 23 (B) x 64 + 1 (D) x 64 over a T1 or 30 B+D over an E1.

Private line A direct channel dedicated to a specific customer’s use between specified points.

PROM Programmable Read Only Memory. A PROM is a programmable semiconductor device in which the contents are not intended to be altered during normal operation. PROM acts like non-volatile memory.

PROT Protection.

Protection group

Redundant OC3cu-XCVR plug-in cards provisioned for Edge Access ATM. This redundant card capability will be activated in a future release.

PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network.




Pulse metering A taxation feature of international services.

QPSK Quaternary Phase Shift Keying. A way of sending data through a modem over an analog phone line.

QRW/QRSS Quasi-Random Wave/Quasi-Random Signal Source. A complex pattern used to stress digital facilities.

Return loss A measure of the similarity of the impedance of a transmission line and the impedance at its termination. It is a ratio expressed in decibels, of the power of the outgoing signal to the power of the signal reflected back from an impedance discontinuity.

Reverse battery See Battery reversal.

Ring trip The process of stopping the AC ringing signal at the CO when the telephone being rung goes off-hook.

Ringing voltage The voltage of the signal used to ring a subscriber.

RAI RST Alarm Interface plug-in card.

R-EBS RST Electronic Business Set plug-in card.

REN Ringer Equivalency Number. Part of the FCC certification number approving a telephone terminal product for direct sale to the end user as not doing harm to the network. The REN consists of a number and a letter that indicates the frequency response of that telephone’s ringer. The number indicates the quantity of ringers that may be connected to a single telephone line and still all ring.

R-CPOTS RST Co-Location POTS plug-in card.

R-EPOTS Extended Range RST POTS plug-in card.

R-PAY RST Payphone plug-in card.

R-POTS RST POTS plug-in card.

R-PSU RST Power Supply Unit plug-in card.

R-UVG RST Universal Voice Grade plug-in card.

RI-APOTS RST POTS plug-in card.




RI-ISDN RST Integrated Subscriber Digital Network plug-in card

RI -POTS RST International POTS plug-in card.

RI-VPOTS RST International Reverse Battery POTS plug-in card.

Repeater A device that amplifies or regenerates a signal. Usually imbedded in a transmission line.

RMA number Return Merchandise Authorization number.

RS232-C An EIA standard. Used to connect to the communications port on AccessMAX equipment.

RSC Remote Subscriber Cabinet.

RST Remote Subscriber Terminal. Also referred to as an RT.

RTS Request To Send. Control signal defined in RS-232C.

RT/T1-XCVR Remote Terminal T1 Transceiver. It performs IAD aggregation and allows AccessMAX equipment to act as a GR-303 gateway.

Rx Receive.

SDH Synchronous Digital Hierarchy. A set of standard fiber-optic-based serial standards planned for use with Sonet and ATM in Europe.

SDU Synchronous Data Unit plug-in card.

SES Severely Errored Seconds. Those seconds on a digital facility in which the BER exceeds 1E-3 as defined in CCITT G.821.

SF Super Frame. Also known as D4. A DS1 framing format in which 24 DS0 timeslots plus a coded framing bit are organized into a frame that is repeated 12 times to form the super frame.

Sidetone On a telephone, the volume reflected back into the ear piece.

Slips The loss (or rate of loss) of a data bit on a T-1 link due to a frame misalignment between the timing at a transmit node and timing at a receive node.

SONET ANSI standard for a high-speed Synchronous Optical Network. The SONET standard defines optical lines rates, frame format, and OAM&P functions for equipment using the SONET standard.




SPE Synchronous Payload Envelope. A SONET term describing the envelope that carries the user data or payload.

SRL Singing Return Loss. The loss level at which a circuit oscillates or sings at the extreme low and high ends of the voice band.

Star A network configuration in which a central node has a direct connection to multiple nodes.

Streaker card A plug-in card that tests the wiring from the backplane to the DSX-1 cross-connect frame.

Stream A data port in OC3cu-XCVR, T1X-XCVR, ADSL2+6, or ADSL6+6 plug-in cards provisioned for ADSL service. An OC3cu-XCVR can be provisioned for up to 32 streams.

STS-1 Synchronous Transport Signal Level 1, the basic building block of SONET.

S-type data A type of ISDN D-channel data.

T1 1.544 Mbps signal.

T3 44.736 Mbps signal.

T1-XCVR Line-powering T1 Transceiver plug-in card.

T1A Line-powering Asynchronous T1 plug-in card. A T1 plug-in card used to offer private line T1 service to users. Has the ability to extend T1 up to one mile and to power repeaters.

T1AX Non-line Powering Asynchronous T1 plug-in card used to offer private-line T1 service to users. Has the ability to extend to 655 feet (200 meters) and has DSX level signals.

T1HD-XCVR HDSL T1 Transceiver plug-in card.

T1HD2-XCVR Single pair HDSL T1 Transceiver plug-in card.

TL1 Transaction Language 1.

TLB Test Loopback.

T1X-XCVR Non-line Powering T1 Transceiver plug-in card used to interface to repeater bays or DSX-1 connection points.




TAC AFC’s Technical Assistance Center.

TBOS Telemetry Byte Oriented Serial. A protocol for transmitting alarm, status, and control points between network elements and operating systems.

TCP Transmission Control Protocol. ARPAnet-developed transport layer protocol, end-to-end, connection-oriented. TCP provides reliable delivery of bytes to a user. It is the portion of the TCP/IP protocol that provides for the exchange of sequential data.

TDM Time Division Multiplexing. A technique for transmitting a number of separate data, voice, and/or video signals simultaneously over one communications medium by quickly interleaving a piece of each signal one after another. In TDM, you “sample” each voice conversation, interleave the samples, send them on their way, then reconstruct the several conversations at the other end.

THD Total Harmonic Distortion. The ratio of the sum of the powers of all harmonic frequency signals (other than the fundamental) to the power of the fundamental frequency signal. This ratio is measured at the output of a device under specified conditions and is expressed in decibels.

Time slot In TDM or switching, the slot belonging to a voice, data, or video conversation. One time slot is equivalent to a data path with a bandwidth of 64 kbps. Each E1 span has 31 timeslots available.

TIMS Transmission Impairment Measurement System.

TLP Transmission Level Point. A designated point on a circuit where the transmission level has been specified by the designer. Referencing this point in relation to others in the network can determine the performance of the network.

TMC Timeslot Management Channel. A GR-303 data link.

TO Transmission Only plug-in card.

TOH Transport Overhead. A SONET term describing an element of signaling and control.

Topology The configuration of a communications network.




T/R Tip and Ring. A way of saying plus and minus, or ground and positive in electrical circuits. They derive their names from the operator’s cordboard plug. The tip wire was connected to the tip of the plug, and the ring wire was connected to the slip ring around the jack. A third conductor on some jacks was called the sleeve.

T1/R1 Tip 1 and Ring 1. The second pair used in a 4-wire system.

Tree A network configuration that combines Star and Drop-and-Insert topologies.

TR-8 A CO switch interface involving direct T1 connection to a switch. Conforms to Telcordia (Bellcore) specification TR-TSY-00008.

Ts Timeslot

T-type data A type of ISDN D-channel data.

Tx Transmit.

UDLC Universal Digital Loop Carrier.

UIpp Unit Interval peak-to-peak.

UMC Universal Modular Carrier. A multi-service access platform within AFC’s AccessMAX product family. The UMC delivers narrowband, wideband, and limited density broadband telephony services. The UMC1000 is a 120-line channel bank assembly; the UMC1048 is a 48-line channel bank assembly. UMC CBAs can be rack mounted or installed in a variety of remote telecom cabinets.

UM4 link An proprietary link between AFC terminals that allows for in-band communications.

Unblocked When a resource (link/port) is in this state, it can perform its normal call-related operations as part of the V5 interface.

UNI User/Network Interface. The demarcation point between the user and the public network service provider.

UPA Universal Power Assembly.

UPN User Port Number.

UPSR Uni-directional path switching ring.




UTP A transmission medium consisting of a pair of copper conductors which are electronically balanced. Each conductor is separately insulated in order to prevent the conductors from “shorting.” The conductors are twisted around each other at routine intervals in order to confine the electromagnetic field within the conductors and thereby to; 1) maximize signal strength over a distance, and 2) minimize interference between adjacent pairs in a multi-pair cable.

UUP Universal Upgrade Program.

UVG Universal Voice Grade plug-in card.

V5.1 An integrated interface defined by ETSI. AFC’s AccessMAX CBAs can carry up to 22 V5.1 interface groups per system, with 1 E1 per group and 1 to 3 c-channels per E1.

V5.2 A concentrating integrated interface defined by ETSI. AFC’s AccessMAX CBAs can carry up to 5 V5.2 interface groups per system, with 1 to 16 E1s per group and 1 to 3 c-channels per E1 for the first two E1s and 0 to 3 c-channels for additional E1s.

V.35 A CCITT standard for synchronous data circuits.

Variant (variant number)

A unique provisioned configuration (E1 links, c-channels, etc.) of a V5 interface group that must be coordinated between the LE and the AN.

VCC Virtual Channel Connection.

VCI Virtual Channel Identifier.

VPI Virtual Path Identifier.

VTs Virtual Tributaries, defined in SONET as synchronous signals used to transport lower-speed transmissions at sub-STS-1 levels.

VT-100 A common terminal emulation type, compatible with AFC equipment.

XCVR Transceiver. A plug-in card used in the AccessMAX equipment that provides transmission between two terminals.


March 12, 2002 AFC AccessMAX System Description Index

Index

Numerics10BaseT CARDS • 91

49.152 Mbps CARDS • 76

AAC power CARDS • 127

AccessMAXAlarms UI • 7

Compliance CABCOMP • 4

Concentration OVERVIEW • 51

Craft Interface UI • 4

Datalink OVERVIEW • 49

description OVERVIEW • 3

design OVERVIEW • 39

Elements OVERVIEW • 38

Expansion OVERVIEW • 43

RSC OVERVIEW • 48

System topologies TOPOLOGY • 1

testing LOOPTEST • 1

upgrade UI • 11

ACO CARDS • 138

ADSL 2+6 CARDS • 3

ADSL 4+6 plug-in cards CARDS • 8



ADTRAN CARDS • 48

ADU plug-in card CARDS • 22

V.24 pinouts CARDS • 22

alarms contacts CABCOMP • 27, CABCOMP • 31

Analog radio OVERVIEW • 38

ApplicationsSummary OVERVIEW • 12

Asynchronous E1 CARDS • 42, CARDS • 45

Automatic line build out CARDS • 55

Bbackplane

CBA CABCOMP • 27

diagram CABCOMP • 28

DMAX1120 diagram CABCOMP • 32

DSL MSAP CABCOMP • 31

Backup and Restore UI • 12

bank selector CABCOMP • 27, CABCOMP • 31

Battery backup OVERVIEW • 47

Battery reversal CARDS • 117, CARDS • 167

CCall Message Waiting Indicator CARDS • 117,

CARDS • 167

CBA OVERVIEW • 40

backplane CABCOMP • 27

bank selector CABCOMP • 27, CABCOMP • 31

Card cage CABCOMP • 27

contacts CABCOMP • 27, CABCOMP • 31

Craft Interface connection CABCOMP • 26

fail relay CABCOMP • 27, CABCOMP • 31

RSC/48 OVERVIEW • 46

wire wrap CABCOMP • 27

wire-wrap CABCOMP • 31

CDU plug-in card CARDS • 25

Channel allocation OVERVIEW • 49

Channel attributes OVERVIEW • 52

Channel Bank Assembly. see CBAClock CARDS • 30, UI • 7

CMWI CARDS • 117, CARDS • 167

Common control OVERVIEW • 40

Composite clock CARDS • 30

Concentration OVERVIEW • 51

concentrator CARDS • 189

copper facilities OVERVIEW • 51

CPU CABCOMP • 27, CABCOMP • 31

CPU-2 plug-in card CARDS • 28

CPU-3 CARDS • 31

Craft Interface CARDS • 28, UI • 4

Alarms UI • 7

Menu tree UI • 5

Menus UI • 4

customer service CUSTSERV • 1

© 2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information.Rev 1 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC Index • 1

AFC AccessMAX System Description March 12, 2002Index

Index, continued

DDatalink OVERVIEW • 49

DBUTIL UI • 12

DC resistance test CARDS • 124

DC switching CARDS • 114, CARDS • 163

DDU plug-in card CARDS • 35

DIDDirect inward dial CARDS • 117, CARDS • 167

Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum CARDS • 180

DMAX Multiservice Access Platform Family OVERVIEW • 9

DMAX1120 OVERVIEW • 9

DMAX1120FA CABCOMP • 33

Backplane panel CABCOMP • 34

DSL MSAPbackplane CABCOMP • 31

card cage OVERVIEW • 10, CABCOMP • 30

DSL Multi Service Access Platform. see DMAX1120FA

DSSS CARDS • 180

dual memory CARDS • 4, CARDS • 14, CARDS • 18, CARDS • 28, CARDS • 48, CARDS • 61, CARDS • 88, CARDS • 190, UI • 11

EE&M plug-in card CARDS • 38

E1 OVERVIEW • 38

E1 transport OVERVIEW • 51

E1A plug-in card CARDS • 42

E1AX plug-in card CARDS • 45

E1HD-XCVR (ADTRAN) plug-in card CARDS • 48

E1HD-XCVR (PairGain) CARDS • 52

E1HD-XCVR (PairGain) plug-in card CARDS • 52

E1-XCVR plug-in card CARDS • 55

E1X-XCVR plug-in card CARDS • 58

E3I-XCVR plug-in card CARDS • 61

EBC plug-in card CARDS • 64

EBC-3 CARDS • 67, CARDS • 67

EdgeAccess ATM ADSL OVERVIEW • 27, CARDS • 190

Element Management System UI • 13

ELU plug-in card CARDS • 70

ELU-3 CARDS • 73

ELU-3 plug-in cards CARDS • 73

emergency equipment failure CUSTSERV • 9

EMS CARDS • 91, UI • 13

Enhanced integrated interface TOPOLOGY • 15

ETSI CABCOMP • 4

Expansion OVERVIEW • 43, CARDS • 64, CARDS • 70

Expansion CBA OVERVIEW • 46

FFAA CABCOMP • 37

Diagram CABCOMP • 38

fail relay CABCOMP • 27, CABCOMP • 31

failure priority CUSTSERV • 10

Failure Report Tag CUSTSERV • 11

FC/PC connector CARDS • 76, CARDS • 82, CARDS • 189

FCAPS CARDS • 91

Fiber OVERVIEW • 38

multiplexer OVERVIEW • 50, TOPOLOGY • 3

Fiber splice tray CABCOMP • 39

Fiber transport CARDS • 76, CARDS • 79

fiber transport CARDS • 82

Firebar ringing CARDS • 167

FOB-XCVR plug-in card CARDS • 79

Foreign voltage test CARDS • 124

Forward disconnect CARDS • 108, CARDS • 117, CARDS • 155

FOW-XCVR CARDS • 82

FOW-XCVR plug-in cards CARDS • 82

FO-XCVR plug-in card CARDS • 76

Fuse and Alarm Assembly CABCOMP • 37

© 2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information. Index • 2 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC Rev 1


Index, continued

GGain adjustment CARDS • 117

GMT fuse CARDS • 114, CARDS • 163

Groomed E1 OVERVIEW • 52

Ground fault test CARDS • 124

Ground start CARDS • 117, CARDS • 167

GUI UI • 13

HHazardous voltage test CARDS • 124

HDSL OVERVIEW • 51, CARDS • 48, CARDS • 52

IIATO plug-in card CARDS • 85

IDLP plug-in card CARDS • 88

Intact E1 CARDS • 42, CARDS • 45

Integrated topologies TOPOLOGY • 1

IP address CARDS • 91

IPMI plug-in card CARDS • 91, UI • 4, UI • 13

ISDN CARDS • 105, CARDS • 152

ITO plug-in card CARDS • 94

LLAN CARDS • 91

LEDsStatus UI • 7

LETCraft Interface UI • 4

Switched services TOPOLOGY • 3

Universal OVERVIEW • 46

LI-APOTS plug-in card CARDS • 97

LI-BPOTS plug-in card CARDS • 101

LI-ISDN plug-in card CARDS • 105

Line build out CARDS • 55

line powering CARDS • 42, CARDS • 55

LI-POTS CARDS • 108

LI-POTS plug-in card CARDS • 108

LI-VPOTS CARDS • 111

LI-VPOTS plug-in card CARDS • 111

Local exchange switch OVERVIEW • 46

Local Exchange Terminal. see LETLoop start CARDS • 108, CARDS • 117, CARDS • 167

loop testingMTU plug-in card LOOPTEST • 4

Loss switching CARDS • 167

L-PSU plug-in card CARDS • 114

L-UVG plug-in card CARDS • 117

Mmaintenance bus CABCOMP • 27, CABCOMP • 31

manualsordering ABOUTMAN • 5

MAP testing LOOPTEST • 1

Metallic testing CARDS • 123

MIB II CARDS • 91

Micro Computer Systems (MCS) 107 A/F CARDS • 123

miscellaneous contacts CABCOMP • 27, CABCOMP • 31

Mixed ATMdefinitions OVERVIEW • 32

mixed ATM transportrules OVERVIEW • 30

using OVERVIEW • 29

Modem UI • 4

MTU CARDS • 123

MTU plug-in card CARDS • 123

MTU plug-in cards LOOPTEST • 1, LOOPTEST • 3

multiplexer OVERVIEW • 50, TOPOLOGY • 3, CARDS • 58

NNetwork architecture

Enhanced integrated interface TOPOLOGY • 15

Standard integrated interface TOPOLOGY • 13, TOPOLOGY • 14

Non-switched services TOPOLOGY • 3

NPSU plug-in card CARDS • 127



Index, continued

OOC3cu-XCVR

concentrator OVERVIEW • 28

uplink OVERVIEW • 28

OC3c-XCVR plug-in cards CARDS • 184

Off-hook test CARDS • 124

PP-ACI plug-in card CARDS • 131

P-ACR plug-in card CARDS • 134

PairGain CARDS • 52

PBX CARDS • 117

P-CPU plug-in card CARDS • 138

P-FD plug-in card CARDS • 141

phone number, TAC CUSTSERV • 3

Plain Old Telephone Service CARDS • 108

PLAR CARDS • 167

Plug-in cardsdual memory UI • 11

Placement OVERVIEW • 12, OVERVIEW • 16, OVERVIEW • 17, OVERVIEW • 18, OVERVIEW • 19

upgrade UI • 11

PN sequence CARDS • 180

Port Profiles OVERVIEW • 28

POTS CARDS • 3, CARDS • 13, CARDS • 17, CARDS • 108

Power CABCOMP • 40

Power supply CARDS • 114, CARDS • 127, CARDS • 163

Primary CBA OVERVIEW • 46

Private Line Automatic Ringdown CARDS • 167

problem severity CUSTSERV • 5

Protection spans OVERVIEW • 51

ProvisioningRequirements OVERVIEW • 12

PSU CABCOMP • 27, CABCOMP • 31, CARDS • 114, CARDS • 127, CARDS • 163

RRealtec T9-X (MITS) CARDS • 123

Rectifier CARDS • 127

Remote Subscriber Cabinet. see RSCRemote Subscriber Terminal. see RSTremote test LOOPTEST • 1

REN CARDS • 124

Repair and Return Policy CUSTSERV • 8

repeaters OVERVIEW • 51, CARDS • 42, CARDS • 55

Return Merchandise Authorization number CUSTSERV • 8

RI-APOTS CARDS • 143

RI-APOTS plug-in card CARDS • 144

RI-BPOTS plug-in card CARDS • 148

RI-ISDN plug-in card CARDS • 152

Ring cadence CARDS • 108, CARDS • 117, CARDS • 155

Ring ping CARDS • 117

Ring trip CARDS • 155

Ringer capacitance test CARDS • 124

Ringing detector CARDS • 108

Ringing voltage CARDS • 127

RI-POTS CARDS • 155

RI-POTS plug-in card CARDS • 155

RI-VPOTS CARDS • 159

RI-VPOTS plug-in card CARDS • 159

RMA number CUSTSERV • 8

R-PSU plug-in card CARDS • 163

RS232 port CARDS • 28

RSCIndoor OVERVIEW • 48


RSC/360 (CALA) OVERVIEW • 48, CABCOMP • 16

RSC/48 OVERVIEW • 48, CABCOMP • 7

48-Line Outdoor Cabinet CABCOMP • 7


RSCI/48 OVERVIEW • 48, CABCOMP • 5

RSCI/480 OVERVIEW • 48

480-Line Indoor Cabinet CABCOMP • 19



Index, continued

RST OVERVIEW • 47

Craft Interface UI • 4

Expansion shelves OVERVIEW • 47

Outdoor cabinets OVERVIEW • 47

Power options OVERVIEW • 47

Primary CBA OVERVIEW • 47

Rack mount OVERVIEW • 47

R-UVG plug-in card CARDS • 167

SSC connector CARDS • 76

SDU plug-in card CARDS • 171



Sealing current OVERVIEW • 51

severity, problem CUSTSERV • 5

SHDSL CARDS • 176

SHDSL plug-in card CARDS • 176

SHDSL plug-in cards CARDS • 176

shelf number CABCOMP • 27, CABCOMP • 31

SNMP agent CARDS • 91

Software OVERVIEW • 44

Splice tray CABCOMP • 39

Spread Spectrum Radio Transceiver CARDS • 180

SSR-XCVR plug-in card CARDS • 180

Standalone CBA TOPOLOGY • 3

Standard integrated interface, V5.2 TOPOLOGY • 14

Standard integrated interface,V5.1 TOPOLOGY • 13

STM1cu-XCVRconcentrator OVERVIEW • 28


STM1cu-XCVR plug-in card CARDS • 189

STM1c-XCVR CARDS • 184

STM1c-XCVR plug-in card CARDS • 184

Switched services TOPOLOGY • 3

system design OVERVIEW • 39

System expansion CARDS • 64, CARDS • 70

EBC-3 plug-in cards CARDS • 67

ELU-3 plug-in cards CARDS • 73

System software OVERVIEW • 44

TT1X-XCVR


TAC CUSTSERV • 3

Tag, Failure Report CUSTSERV • 11

Technical Assistance Center CUSTSERV • 3

Telnet UI • 4

Telnet access CARDS • 91

Teradyne 4TEL 22X CARDS • 123

Terminals CARDS • 28

Testing CARDS • 124

Hazardous voltage CARDS • 123

MTU plug-in card CARDS • 123

Open circuit CARDS • 123

Short circuit CARDS • 123

testing LOOPTEST • 1

MAP LOOPTEST • 1

MTU LOOPTEST • 4

options LOOPTEST • 1

Teradyne LOOPTEST • 1

tests supported LOOPTEST • 3

The DMAX Multiservice Access Platform Family OVERVIEW • 8, OVERVIEW • 10

Timeslot allocation TOPOLOGY • 1, CARDS • 28

Timeslot interchanger TOPOLOGY • 3

Topologies TOPOLOGY • 1

TransportE1 OVERVIEW • 51

HDSL OVERVIEW • 51

Options OVERVIEW • 19

Plug-in cards OVERVIEW • 19



Index, continued

Transport mediaE1 OVERVIEW • 51

SSR OVERVIEW • 53

Wireless OVERVIEW • 53

Transverter CARDS • 180

UUMC1000 OVERVIEW • 6

UMC1048 OVERVIEW • 7

UNI, network uplink CARDS • 58

UniversalServices OVERVIEW • 16

Universal Power Assembly. see UPAUniversal topologies TOPOLOGY • 1

UPA CABCOMP • 40

P-ACI CARDS • 131

P-ACR CARDS • 134

P-CPU CARDS • 138

P-FD CARDS • 141

Plug-in card slots CABCOMP • 41

plug-ins OVERVIEW • 54

Power OVERVIEW • 54

upgrade CARDS • 4, CARDS • 14, CARDS • 18, CARDS • 28, CARDS • 48, CARDS • 190, UI • 11

uplink OVERVIEW • 27, CARDS • 184, CARDS • 189

T1X-XCVR OVERVIEW • 28

Utility Package and Upgrade Guide, AccessMAX UI • 11

UUP UI • 11

UVG CARDS • 117, CARDS • 167

VV5.1 TOPOLOGY • 11

Enhanced configuration TOPOLOGY • 15

Services summary OVERVIEW • 17

V5.2 TOPOLOGY • 12

Enhanced configuration TOPOLOGY • 15

Services summary OVERVIEW • 18

VoATMdescription OVERVIEW • 34

features OVERVIEW • 35

Voice frequency CARDS • 38

Voice over ATM. See VoATMVT100 CARDS • 28

WWAN CARDS • 91

warranty, AFC equipment CUSTSERV • 8

wire wrap CABCOMP • 27

wire-wrap CABCOMP • 31


Documents

80EE_SD